Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S4048T–ON System 9.10(0.
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2016 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
Contents 1 About this Guide..................................................................................................................... 46 Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 46 Audience.....................................................................................................................................47 Conventions.................................................................
show startup-config................................................................................................................ 94 show version............................................................................................................................. 95 upgrade...................................................................................................................................... 96 upgrade system.............................................................................
ping............................................................................................................................................143 reload........................................................................................................................................ 147 send........................................................................................................................................... 149 service timestamps...................................................
ping ethernet........................................................................................................................... 199 show ethernet cfm domain................................................................................................. 200 show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local................................................................ 201 show ethernet cfm maintenance-points remote........................................................... 202 show ethernet cfm mipbd....
ip access-group................................................................................................................240 ip control-plane egress-filter........................................................................................ 242 show ip accounting access-list.....................................................................................243 show ip access-lists.........................................................................................................
show ip prefix-list summary.......................................................................................... 304 Route Map Commands.........................................................................................................305 continue............................................................................................................................. 305 description..................................................................................................................
udf-id.................................................................................................................................. 344 udf-qualifier-value........................................................................................................... 345 udf-tcam............................................................................................................................ 346 deny (for Standard IP ACLs)............................................................................
show cam-usage................................................................................................................... 408 show running config acl-vlan-group.................................................................................412 acl-vlan-group........................................................................................................................ 413 show acl-vlan-group detail..............................................................................................
bgp enforce-first-as........................................................................................................ 454 bgp fast-external-fallover...............................................................................................455 bgp four-octet-as-support............................................................................................456 bgp graceful-restart.........................................................................................................
neighbor route-map........................................................................................................504 neighbor route-reflector-client.................................................................................... 505 neighbor send-community............................................................................................506 neighbor sender-side-loopdetect................................................................................508 neighbor shutdown...............
set extcommunity rt........................................................................................................ 568 set extcommunity soo.................................................................................................... 570 show ip bgp paths extcommunity.................................................................................571 show ip extcommunity-list.............................................................................................572 IPv6 BGP Commands.....
show interface pfc statistics...........................................................................................610 show stack-unit stack-ports pfc details.......................................................................611 ETS Commands...................................................................................................................... 612 bandwidth-percentage...................................................................................................
14 Debugging and Diagnostics............................................................................................. 657 Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands.......................................................................... 657 logging coredump stack-unit........................................................................................657 Offline Diagnostic Commands........................................................................................... 658 diag stack-unit...............
show ip dhcp configuration...........................................................................................704 show ip dhcp conflict......................................................................................................705 show ip dhcp server.........................................................................................................706 Commands to Configure Secure DHCP........................................................................... 707 arp inspection.........
link-bundle-monitor enable................................................................................................ 745 link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold.......................................................................746 show config............................................................................................................................. 747 show link-bundle distribution..............................................................................................
20 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP).....................................................................................788 clear gvrp statistics.................................................................................................................789 debug gvrp.............................................................................................................................. 790 disable.........................................................................................................
show ip igmp groups.......................................................................................................832 show ip igmp interface................................................................................................... 834 show ip igmp ssm-map.................................................................................................. 836 IGMP Snooping Commands................................................................................................
show interfaces................................................................................................................ 890 show interfaces configured........................................................................................... 897 show interfaces dampening.......................................................................................... 899 show interfaces phy.........................................................................................................
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).................................................................................. 952 crypto ipsec transform-set.................................................................................................. 953 crypto ipsec policy.................................................................................................................954 management crypto-policy.................................................................................................
ip proxy-arp........................................................................................................................... 1001 ip route...................................................................................................................................1002 ip source-route.................................................................................................................... 1006 ip unreachables...........................................................................
ipv6 flowlabel-zero............................................................................................................. 1068 ipv6 host................................................................................................................................ 1068 ipv6 name-server.................................................................................................................1069 ipv6 nd dad attempts.................................................................................
debug isis update-packets.................................................................................................. 1113 default-information originate.............................................................................................1114 description..............................................................................................................................1116 distance..........................................................................................................
redistribute bgp.....................................................................................................................1158 redistribute ospf....................................................................................................................1160 router isis................................................................................................................................ 1161 set-overload-bit...........................................................................
default vlan-id.................................................................................................................. 1211 default-vlan disable........................................................................................................ 1212 name..................................................................................................................................1213 show config.................................................................................................
advertise med location-identification........................................................................1255 advertise med power-via-mdi..................................................................................... 1256 advertise med softphone-voice.................................................................................. 1257 advertise med streaming-video.................................................................................. 1258 advertise med video-conferencing..............
revision................................................................................................................................... 1299 show config.......................................................................................................................... 1300 show spanning-tree mst configuration...........................................................................1301 show spanning-tree msti.........................................................................................
debug track......................................................................................................................1339 delay..................................................................................................................................1340 description........................................................................................................................1341 show running-config track.............................................................................
ip ospf authentication-key........................................................................................... 1389 ip ospf cost...................................................................................................................... 1390 ip ospf dead-interval...................................................................................................... 1391 ip ospf hello-interval......................................................................................................
OSPFv3 Commands.............................................................................................................1453 area authentication........................................................................................................ 1453 area encryption...............................................................................................................1455 auto-cost..................................................................................................................
IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands................................................................................. 1506 clear ip pim rp-mapping...............................................................................................1506 clear ip pim tib.................................................................................................................1507 debug ip pim...................................................................................................................
ip local-proxy-arp................................................................................................................ 1554 private-vlan mode................................................................................................................ 1555 private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan............................................................................. 1557 switchport mode private-vlan...........................................................................................
policy-aggregate............................................................................................................1602 policy-map-input...........................................................................................................1603 policy-map-output........................................................................................................1604 qos-policy-input............................................................................................................
distance.................................................................................................................................. 1652 distribute-list in.....................................................................................................................1653 distribute-list out.................................................................................................................. 1655 ip poison-reverse........................................................................
forward-delay....................................................................................................................... 1703 hello-time.............................................................................................................................. 1704 max-age................................................................................................................................. 1705 protocol spanning-tree rstp...............................................................
RADIUS Commands.............................................................................................................1750 debug radius.................................................................................................................... 1750 ip radius source-interface............................................................................................. 1751 radius-server deadtime.................................................................................................
ip ssh key-size..................................................................................................................1791 ip ssh password-authentication.................................................................................. 1792 ip ssh pub-key-file..........................................................................................................1793 ip ssh rekey .....................................................................................................................
53 sFlow...................................................................................................................................1836 sflow collector...................................................................................................................... 1837 sflow enable (Global)...........................................................................................................1839 sflow ingress-enable............................................................................
logging buffered............................................................................................................. 1885 logging console.............................................................................................................. 1887 logging extended........................................................................................................... 1888 logging facility.........................................................................................................
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface)..................................................................1936 58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)........................................................................................1938 bridge-priority.......................................................................................................................1938 bpdu-destination-mac-address.......................................................................................
SupportAssist Server Commands......................................................................................1972 proxy-ip-address............................................................................................................ 1972 enable................................................................................................................................1973 url........................................................................................................................
description.............................................................................................................................2013 downstream.......................................................................................................................... 2014 downstream auto-recover.................................................................................................2015 downstream disable links....................................................................................
peer-domain-link port-channel exclude-vlan..............................................................2055 proxy-gateway peer-timeout .......................................................................................... 2056 vlt-peer-mac transmit........................................................................................................ 2057 show vlt-proxy-gateway....................................................................................................
show vxlan vxlan-instance unicast-mac-remote.........................................................2095 show vxlan vxlan-instance unicast-mac-local............................................................. 2096 show vxlan vxlan-instance statistics interface...............................................................2097 show vxlan vxlan-instance physical-locator................................................................. 2098 show vxlan vxlan-instance logical network............................
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell Networking OS.
Audience The Dell Networking OS CLI Guide is intended for system administrators with an understanding of Layer 2 and Layer 3 networking technologies, who are responsible for configuring or maintaining networks. Conventions This guide uses the following conventions to describe command syntax: Keyword Keywords are in Courier font and must be entered in the CLI as listed. parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
Multiple Configuration Users When a user enters CONFIGURATION mode and another user is already in CONFIGURATION mode, the Dell Networking operating software generates an alert warning message similar to the following: Dell#conf % Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User "" on line User "admin" on User "admin" on User "Irene" on Dell#conf console0 line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty3 ( 123.12.1.
ecmp ecmp-group extcommunity-list ftp helper-address host http icmp igmp max-frag-count mroute msdp multicast-limit multicast-msdp multicast-routing name-server pim prefix-list radius redirect-list route route-export route-import scp source-route ssh tacacs tcp telnet tftp unicast-host-route unknown-unicast vlan-flooding vrf Weighted Ecmp Configuration ECMP Group Configuration Add a Extended community list entry FTP configuration commands DHCP relay agent configuration Add an entry to the ip hostname table
Key Combination Action CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key. CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command. CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-U Deletes the line. CNTL-W Deletes the previous word. CNTL-X Deletes the line. CNTL-Z Ends continuous scrolling of the command outputs. Esc B Moves the cursor back one word. Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word.
Filtering show Commands You can filter commands using the show command to find specific information, display certain information only, or begin the command output at the first instance of a regular expression or phrase. Execute a show command and a pipe ( | ), and one of the following parameters and a regular expression to show output that either excludes or includes the specified parameters.
Enabling Software Features on Devices Using a Command Option The capability to activate software applications or components on a device using a command is supported on this platform. Starting with Release 9.4(0.0), you can enable or disable specific software features or applications that need to run on a device by using a command attribute in the CLI interface. This enables effective, streamlined management and administration of applications and utilities that run on a device.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, and S6000.
VRF Dell# Enabled Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4). To enter BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2 Enter the address-family command.
CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, see Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include conf-controlcpuqos. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. DHCP Mode To enable and configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), use DHCP mode.
2 Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include confecmp-group-ecmp-group-id. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode. To enter EIS mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include conf-mgmt-eis.
FRRP Mode To enable or configure Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP), use FRRP mode. For more information, see Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP). To enter FRRP mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include conf-frrpring-id. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces.
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-ifma-1/1)# Management Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iftu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID. Dell(conf-ifrange)# Designated interface range (used for bulk configuration). IP ACCESS LIST Mode To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the ip access-list standard command or the ip access-list extended command.
LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2 Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include conf-lldp-mgmtIf. LINE Mode To configure the console or virtual terminal parameters, use LINE mode. To enter LINE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include conf-mstp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. OPENFLOW INSTANCE Mode To enable and configure OpenFlow instances, use OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode.
2 Enter the port-channel failover-group command. The prompt changes to include conf-pofailover-grp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PREFIX-LIST Mode To configure a prefix list, use PREFIX-LIST mode. To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the ip prefix-list command and the name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include conf-nprefixl. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
2 Use the route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] command. The prompt changes to include config-route-map. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER BGP Mode To enable and configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use ROUTER BGP mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) To enter ROUTER BGP mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Use the router bgp command, and then enter the AS number.
1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the ipv6 router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include confipv6-router_ospf. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER RIP Mode To enable and configure Router Information Protocol (RIP), use ROUTER RIP mode. For more information, see Routing Information Protocol (RIP). To enter ROUTER RIP mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the router rip command.
2 Enter the ip trace-list command, and the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include conf-trace-acl. You can exit this mode by using the exit command. VLT DOMAIN Mode To enable and configure the VLT domain protocol, use VLT DOMAIN mode. For more information, see Virtual Link Trunking (VLT). To enter VLT DOMAIN mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the vlt domain command, and then the VLT domain number. The prompt changes to include conf-vlt-domain.
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands.
To return to the default boot sequence, use the no boot system command. Parameters gateway Enter the IP address of the default next-hop gateway for the management subnet. ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. stack-unit Enter the keywords stack-unit to specify the stack unit number. all Enter the keyword all for all the stack units. stack-unitnumber Enter the stack-unit number. The range is from 1 to 6.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced the support for bmp-boot on the S-Series and ZSeries switches. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added NFS mount support. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Command History Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000, Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. copy http://admin:admin123@10.16.206.77/sample_file flash:// sample_file copy Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, HTTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters that allow you to mount a remote NFS file system. 9.4(0.
Dell Networking OS supports copying the running-configuration to a TFTP server, an FTP server, or a remote NFS file system. For example: • copy running-config tftp: • copy running-config ftp: • copy running-config nfsmount:///filepath You can compress the running configuration by grouping all the VLANs and the physical interfaces with the same property.
Example Related Commands Dell# copy http://admin:admin123@10.16.206.77/sample_file flash:// sample_file Dell# • cd – changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored. Syntax Parameters delete {flash: | nfsmount: | usbflash:} [no-confirm] flash: To delete a file or directory on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename or directory name ([flash://]filepath).
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for NFS mount. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. dir Display the files in a file system. The default is the current directory.
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for NFS mount. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
format Erase all existing files and reformat the file system. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored. Syntax format {flash: | usbflash:} Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
fsck flash Checks the flash file system for errors. Syntax Parameters fsck {flash: | usbflash:} flash: For a directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// directory name. usbflash: For a directory on the external USB flash, enter usbflash:// directory name. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Related Commands • copy — copy one file to another location. • show file-systems — display information about the file systems on the system. mkdir Creates a directory on the NFS mounted file system. Syntax mkdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
password (OPTIONAL) Enter the password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
Related Commands • mkdir – create a directory. HTTP Copy via CLI Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). Syntax copy http://10.16.206.77/sample_file flash://sample_filecopy flash://sample_file http://10.16.206.77/sample_file You can copy from the server to the switch and vice-versa. Parameters copy http: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 10.16.206.
rename Rename a file in the local file system. Syntax Parameters rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and file path. • For a file on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults. Syntax Parameters restore factory-defaults stack-unit {stack—unit—number | all} {clear-all | bootvar | nvram} factory-defaults Return the system to its factory default mode. stack-unitnumber Enter the stack member unit identifier to restore only the mentioned stack-unit. The range is from 1 to 6. all Enter the keyword all to restore all units in the stack. bootvar Enter the keyword bootvar to reset boot line.
When restoring all units in a stack, all the units in the stack are placed into stand-alone mode. When restoring a single unit in a stack, that unit placed in stand-alone mode. No other units in the stack are affected. When restoring units in stand-alone mode, the units remain in stand-alone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command.
4 Not present 5 Not present Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# Example (single stack) Dell# restore factory-defaults stack-unit 1 clear-all ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.)* * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show boot system stack-unit{stack-unit—id | all} all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all stack units. stack-unit-id Enter the stack-unit-id to display boot image information for a stack-unit. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Stack-unit 1 Dell# FLASH BOOT 9-0(2-1) 9-0(2-0)[boot] show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Reload Mode = Dell# normal-reload show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Command Fields Field Description size(b) Lists the size (in bytes) of the storage location. If the location is remote, no size is listed. Free(b) Lists the available size (in bytes) of the storage location. If the location is remote, no size is listed. Feature Displays the formatted DOS version of the device. Type Displays the type of storage. If the location is remote, the word network is listed. Flags Displays the access available to the storage location.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
bgp for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration cam-profile for the current CAM profile in the configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration communitylist for the current community-list configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration eis for the current EIS configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration frrp for the current FR
mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementeis for the current management EIS configuration managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration pim for the current PIM configuration policy-mapinput for the
static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information supportassist for the current SupportAssist configuration tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configuration trace-list for the current trace-list configuration uplink-stategroup for the uplink state group configuration users for the current users configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration wred-profile
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. 6.5.4.
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Related Commands • show running-config – displays the current (running) configuration. show version Display the current Dell Networking Operating System (OS) version information on the system. Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Command Fields Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.
Lines Beginning With Description Build Path... Location of the software build files loaded on the system Dell Networking OS uptime is... Amount of time the system has been up System image... Image file name System Type: System name Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor 128K bytes... Amount and type of memory on system 1 Route Processor...
flash: After entering the keyword flash:, you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form: flash//filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. A: | B: Enter the partition to upgrade from the flash. stack-unit: Enter the keywords stack-unit: to synch the image to the stack-unit.
Reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command. To copy Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members, use the upgrade system stack-unit (SSeries stack member) command. Example Dell# upgrade system ? ftp: Copy from remote file system (ftp://userid:password@hostip/ filepath) scp: Copy from remote file system (scp://userid:password@hostip/ filepath) tftp: Copy from remote file system (tftp://hostip/filepath) Dell# upgrade system ftp://username:password@10.11.1.1/FTOS-SB-7.
scp: file-url Enter the keyword scp: and specify the location of the image file in the format userid:password@host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. stack-unit stackunit-id Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack-unit ID to sync the image to that stack-unit. stack-unit all Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the keyword all to sync the image on all stack-units.
After you upgrade the system image, by entering the command. specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored (boot system), save the configuration to the start-up config file (write memory), and reload the system (reload). Example Dell# upgrade system tftp://10.11.8.12/dv-rainier-13 a: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 65.
4 Control and Monitoring This section contains command information to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). asf-mode Enable alternate store and forward (ASF) mode and forward packets as soon as a threshold is reached. Syntax asf-mode stack-unit {unit-id | all} queue size To return to standard Store and Forward mode, use the no asf-mode command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
line Enter a text string for your banner message ending the message with your delineator. In the following example, the delineator is a percent character (%); the banner message is “testing, testing”. Defaults No banner is displayed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Press RETURN to get started. 2d18h2m: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful on console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands • line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a message of the day banner to appear after logging on to the system. Syntax banner login {keyboard-interactive | c line c} Enter no banner login to delete the banner text.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information Enter the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character, type the banner text, and then type the second delineator character.
banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured.
no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays. Related Commands • banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. • banner login — sets a banner to display after successful login to the system. cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks. • 4: Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) • 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). If you enabled BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the reload conditional nvram-cfg-change command. cam-acl-vlan Specify the number of VFP blocks allocated to OpenFlow. Syntax cam-acl-vlan {default | vlanopenflow {0|1}} Defaults Disabled.
clear line Reset a terminal line. Syntax Parameters clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. The range is from 0 to 11. aux 0 Enter the keywords aux 0 to reset the auxiliary port. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number to clear a terminal line. The range is from 0 to 9.
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Syntax configure [terminal] Parameters terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example Dell# configure Dell(conf)# disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax Parameters disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. none • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following commands are not supported by the do command: Example • enable • disable • exit • config Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# do reload System configuration has been modified.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Replacement command for the S4820T.
Version Description information on temperature and power monitoring in the SNMP MIB. 8.3.11.4 Deprecated command for Z9000. Replaced by the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the SNMP MIB. 8.3.10.0 Deprecated command for the S4810 only. Replaced by the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the SNMP MIB. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
• Command History Related Commands ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Defaults 10 minutes for console line; 30 minutes for VTY lines; 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
• Command History Related Commands MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the FTP server to listen to that VRF instance. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP server to accept client connections. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 other 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp> ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
directory path specified, the Dell Networking OS directs users to the flash directory when logging in to the FTP server. Related Commands • ftp-server enable — enables FTP server functions on the E-Series. • ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The hostname is used in the prompt. ip http source-interface Specify an interface as the source interface for HTTP connections. Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs to 4094 (was 2094) 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series ip http vrf Configure an HTTP client with a VRF used to connect to the HTTP server. Syntax ip http vrf {management | vrf-name} To undo the HTTP client configuration, use the ip http vrf command.
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information To make the HTTP clients VRF-aware, use the ip http vrf command. The HTTP client uses the VRF name that you specify to reach the HTTP server. If you do not specify a VRF name, the HTTP client uses the default VRF. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip ssh server — enables the secure shell (SSH) server on the system. ip telnet server vrf Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information You can enable the TELNET server on either a management VRF or a user-defined VRF but not both. If you do not specify a VRF name, then the TELNET server is enabled on the default VRF.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TELENT client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
no login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} Parameters limit number-ofsessions Sets the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have on console and virtual terminal lines. The range is from 1 to 12 (10 VTY lines, one console, and one AUX line). clear-line enable Enables you to clear your existing sessions. Defaults Not configured. You can use all the available sessions. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following example shows how to use the login concurrent-session clearline enable command. Dell(conf)# login concurrent-session clear-line enable Dell(conf)# When you try to log in, the following message appears with all your existing concurrent sessions, providing an option to close any one of the existing sessions: $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Current sessions for user admin: Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.
Parameters enable Enables login statistics for the last 30 days by default. time-period days Sets the number of days the system stores user login statistics; range is from 1 to 30. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
There were 1 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). The preceding message shows that the user had previously logged in to the system using the VTY line from 10.11.178.14. It also displays the number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last login and the number of unsuccessful login attempts in the last 30 days. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
• continuous: transmit echo request continuously datagram size Enter the ICMP datagram size. The range is from 36 to 15360 bytes. The default is 100. timeout Enter the interval to wait for an echo reply before timing out. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. source Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 source ip address or the source interface. For IPv6 addresses, you may enter global addresses only. Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format.
interface Defaults Command Modes Command History (IPv4 only) Enter the outgoing interface for multicast packets. Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot the system. Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change | no-confirm [discardrunning] | dell-diag | onie [install | uninstall | rescue]] conditional nvram-cfgchange (OPTIONAL) Reload into the Dell Networking Operating System (OS) if the condition is true. A configuration change to the NVRAM requires a switch reload.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information If you use only the reload command, the system boots into the Dell Networking OS.
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Messages can contain an unlimited number of lines; however, each line is limited to 255 characters. To move to the next line, use . To send the message use CTR-Z; to abort a message, use CTR-C. service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp. Syntax show command-history Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
- Repeated 3 times.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command. no Display all of the commands that may be preceded by the keyword no, which is the keyword used to remove a command from the running-configuration. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.
enable line none radius tacacs+ Dell# option option option option option usage: usage: usage: usage: usage: 0 0 0 1 0 show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics. Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. The range is from 1 to 1568. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic, sorted based on the traffic.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces. The traffic statistics are collected only after the debug cputraffic-stats command is executed; not from the system bootup.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
0 40 36 37 37 31 31 46 Dell# show environment fan -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ---------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 7021 up 7021 0 1 up up 6971 up 7072 0 2 up up 7021 up 6971 Speed in RPM Dell#show environment pem -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -----------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 Dell#show environment thermal-sensor -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C)
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Related Commands • 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49/1 49/2 49/3 49/4 50 51 52 53 54 SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP Media not present or Media not present or Media not present or 10GBASE-SR 10GBASE-SR 10GBASE-SR Media not present or Media not present or Media not present or 10GBASE-SR 1000BASE-
Parameters all (Optional)Displays the login statistics of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period. time-period days (Optional)Displays the number of failed login attempts by the current user in the specified period.
To view the successful and failed login details of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined period, use the show login statistics all command. You can use this command only if you have system or security administrator rights. To view the successful and failed login details of a specific user in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period, use the show login statistics user user-id command.
-----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin3 Last login time: 13:18:42 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login: 0 Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 3 Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 2 The following is sample output of the show login statistics user user-id command.
show memory View current memory usage on the switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show memory [stack-unit id] stack-unit id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit ID to display memory information on the designated stack member. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running. Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [management-unit [1-99 | details] | stack-unit id [1-99]| summary ] management-unit [1-99 | details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the keyword details to display all running processes (except sysdlp). Refer to Example (management-unit).
Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added the keywords management-unit [details]. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell# show processes cpu ? management-unit Management Unit stack-unit Unit Number summary Summary of CPU utilization | Pipe through a command Dell# show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------UNIT1 3% 3% 1% Dell# show processes cpu stack-unit 1 CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 13.17 11.
3.40% CoreID: 0 Process: sysd PID: 410 2.50% CoreID: 2 TID Runtime(ms) TTY Thread 56 20 0 usm 55 10 0 DHCLIENT 54 0 0 cms 53 60 0 portmirr 52 0 0 cfgDataSync 51 0 0 sysCompMgr 50 50 0 statMgr 49 1010 0 sflCp 48 30 0 snmp 47 0 0 dpi_cmow 46 0 0 dpi_taskcmo CPU usage: 5sec - 1.59% 1min - 0.96% 5min - Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 6 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.
Related Commands • show hardware layer2 acl — displays Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. • show hardware layer3 — displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. • show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
DHCP0 ACL0 DHCP0 IPMGR0 DHCP0 IPMGR1 DHCP0 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 NDPM0 IFMGR0 FEFD0 IFMGR0 SNMP0 IFMGR0 SFL_CP0 IFMGR0 PORTMIRR0 IFMGR0 EVENTTERMLOG0 IFMGR0 IPSECMGR0 IFMGR0 DHCP0 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 IFMGR0 IFAGT3 IFAGT3 IFMGR0 IFMGR0 OFMGR0 IFMGR0 ACL0 IFMGR0 VRRP0 IFMGR0 PIM0 IFMGR0 MACMGR0 IFMGR0 L2PM0 IFMGR0 DIFFSERV0 IFMGR0 RTM0 IFMGR0 LLDP0 IFMGR0 MRTM0 IFMGR0 IPMGR1 IFMGR0 LACP0 PORTMIRR0 ACL_AGENT2 IFMGR0 IGMP0 IFMGR0 IFAGT2 Dell# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 10 1 20 8 1
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.7.1.0 Added the management-unit option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
For the S-Series, the output of the show memory command and this command differ based on which Dell OS processes are counted. • In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes. • In the output of this command, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes plus the size of the system processes.
show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
• Command History Example (show system brief) EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
-- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ---------------------------------------------------2 1 up up 7021 up 6971 2 2 up up 7021 up 7072 2 3 up up 6971 up 7021 Speed in RPM Example (S4048– ON) Dell# show system Stack MAC Reload-Type : 34:17:eb:f2:90:c4 : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 2 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S4048-ON - 54-port TE/FG (SK-ON) Current Type : S4048-ON - 54-port TE/FG (SK-ON) Master priority : 0 Har
When using the pipe command ( | ), enter one of these keywords to filter command output. For details about filtering commands, refer to CLI Basics. save Enter the keyword save to save the command output. flash: Save to local flash drive (flash://filename. A maximum of 20 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example (S-Series) • show process cpu • show file system • show system • show environment • show ip traffic • show ip management route • show ip route summary • show Inventory • show log summary • show command-history (last 20 commands) • show log Dell# show tech-support ? page Page through output stack-unit Unit Number | Pipe through a command Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that d
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal. Not configured. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Command Modes Command History vrf instance (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name. source-interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface. Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for source-interface for link-local IPv6 addressing. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv6). Increased the number of VLANs to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
TTL Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 10.11.199.190 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 002.000 ms 2 gwegress-sjc-02.Dell Networking.com (10.11.30.126) 005.000 ms 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 3 fw-sjc-01.Dell Networking.com (10.11.127.254) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 4 www.Dell Networking.com (10.11.84.18) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
5 802.1ag 802.1ag is available on the Dell Networking OS.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Delete all link trace cache entries. Syntax clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. Version 8.3.19.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. disable Disable Ethernet CFM without stopping the CFM process. Syntax disable Defaults Disabled Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Defaults none Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
ethernet cfm mep Create an MEP. Syntax Parameters ethernet cfm mep {up-mep | down-mep} domain {name | level} ma-name name mepid mep-id [up-mep | downmep] Specify whether the MEP is up or down facing. • Up-MEP: monitors the forwarding path internal to a bridge on the customer or provider edge; on Dell Networking systems, the internal forwarding path is effectively the switch fabric and forwarding engine. • Down-MEP: monitors the forwarding path external to another bridge.
ethernet cfm mip Create a maintenance intermediate point (MIP). Syntax Parameters ethernet cfm mip domain {name | level} ma-name name domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or domain level. ma-name name Enter the keyword ma-name then the name of the maintenance association. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. Syntax Parameters mep cross-check start-delay number start-delay number Enter a start-delay in seconds. The range is from 3 to 100 seconds. Defaults 3 ccms Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
mac-addr macaddress Enter the keyword mac-addr and then enter the MAC address that is the target of the ping. src-mep-id Enter the MEP ID that originates the ping. port interface Enter the keyword port and then enter the interface that originates the ping. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Example Version Description Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
show ethernet cfm statistics Display MEP statistics. Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm statistics [domain {name | level} vlan-id vlanid mpid mpid] domain Enter the keyword domain to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id then a VLAN ID. mpid mpid Enter the keyword mpid then a maintenance point ID. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ethernet cfm port-statistics Display CFM statistics by port. Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm port-statistics [interface type slot/port[/ subport]] interface type Enter the keyword interface then the interface type. slot/port[/subport] Enter the slot and port numbers for the port. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Display the link trace cache. Syntax show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. Version 8.3.19.
Parameters name Enter a maintenance association name. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. traceroute cache size Set the size of the link trace cache. Syntax Parameters traceroute cache size entries entries Enter the number of entries the link trace cache can hold. The range is from 1 to 4095 entries. Defaults 100 entries Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters domain name | level Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or level. ma-name maname Enter the keyword ma-name then the maintenance association name. mepid mep-id Enter the MEP ID that is the trace target. mac-addr macaddress Enter the MAC address of the trace target. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
6 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
• dot1x authentication (Configuration) • dot1x authentication (Interface) • dot1x guest-vlan • dot1x host-mode • dot1x mac-auth-bypass • dot1x max-eap-req • dot1x max-supplicants • dot1x port-control • dot1x quiet-period • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • dot1x server-timeout • dot1x supplicant-timeout • dot1x tx-period • show dot1x cos-mapping interface • show dot1x interface debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command).
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Interface) — enable dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enable dot1x globally. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information 1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • dot1x host-mode — enable single-host or multi-host authentication. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The authenticator completes authentication only when you set port-control to auto.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2.
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). Example Dell(conf)# radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)# radius-server host 10.11.197.105 retransmit 4 Dell(conf)# interface tengigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-te-2/23)# dot1x server-timeout 40 Dell(conf-if-te-2/23)# dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system. Syntax Parameters show dot1x cos-mapping interface interface [mac-address macaddress] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.1X-enabled ports that are in Single-Hot, Multi-Host, and MultiSupplicant authentication modes. Example Dell# show dot1x cos-mapping interface tengigabitethernet 1/32 802.
Parameters interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of a supplicant. None • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific.
----------------------------Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Port Auth Status: AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) Re-Authentication: Disable Untagged VLAN id: 400 Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VLAN id: 100 Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass: Enable Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Enable Tx Period: 3 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAuth Max: 2 Supplicant Timeout: 30 seconds Server Timeout: 30 seconds Re-Auth Interval: 3600 seconds Max-EAP-Req: 2 Host Mode: SINGLE
802.
7 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
• deny arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) • deny icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) • deny ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) • deny (for Standard MAC ACLs) • deny (for Extended MAC ACLs) • permit (for Standard IP ACLs) • permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) • permit ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) • permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit (for Standard MAC ACLs) • seq (for Standard MAC ACLs) • permit tcp (for Extended IP
NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured. • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic seq 10 deny any Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands • show config — display the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration.
Example Dell(config-std-nacl)# show conf ! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 count remark 10 Deny traffic from ABC seq 10 deny 2.1.1.0/24 count Dell(config-std-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both Ingress and Egress IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit.
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the ipv4 and ipv6 parameters to the command. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. Syntax Parameters clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group accesslist-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] [vrf vrfname] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs).
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for the 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
show ip access-lists Display all of the IP ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Syntax Parameters show ip access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] [vrf vrf-name] access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
• permit — configure a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access-listname command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any,” that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. Prior to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# • ip access-list extended — create an extended access list.
use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands • deny — assign a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. • ip access-list standard — create a standard ACL. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-toIncrement} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list.
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
Version Description 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. The following applies: Related Commands • The seq sequence-number command is applicable only in an ACL group. • The order option works across ACL groups that are applied on an interface via the QoS policy framework. • The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number.
Parameters • Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list denies all IP protocols. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.
The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands • deny tcp — assign a filter to deny TCP packets. • deny udp — assign a filter to deny UDP packets. • ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL.
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured.
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, see Port Monitoring . deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
port port • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
4 5 6 7 8 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM.
• eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands • deny — assign a filter to deny IP traffic. • deny tcp — assign a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specification about entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation.
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. bit Enter a flag or combination of bits: • ack: acknowledgement field • fin: finish (no more data from the user) • psh: push function • rst: reset the connection • syn: synchronize sequence numbers • urg: urgent field dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. The S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, see the Port Monitoring section. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
Step-toIncrement Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list.
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
• permit — configure a filter to forward packets. Common MAC Access List Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. The MAC ACL can be applied on Physical, Port-channel and VLAN interfaces.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, portchannel, or VLAN interface. Syntax mac access-group access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
in | out • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side.
in | out Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side.
Example Dell# show mac accounting access-list TestMac interface tengigabitethernet 1/8 in Ingress Standard mac access-list TestMac on TenGigabitEthernet 1/89 Total cam count 2 seq 5 permit aa:aa:aa:aa:00:00 00:00:00:00:ff:ff count (0 packets) seq 10 deny any count (20072594 packets) Dell# Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit.
log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see the “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not enabled.
mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode. Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section and the Common MAC Access List Commands section. Syntax mac access-list standard mac-list-name To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list standard mac-listname command. Parameters mac-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the standard MAC access list (140 character maximum).
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications about entries allowed per ACL, see your line card documentation. NOTE: Ingress ACLs are supported on C-Series and S-Series platforms only. Example Dell(conf)# mac-access-list access-list standard TestMAC Dell(config-std-macl)# permit 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:ff:ff count Dell(config-std-macl)# deny any count Dell(config-std-macl)# permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter.
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax deny {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} command.
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands • mac access-list standard — configure a standard MAC access list. • show mac accounting access-list — display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter.
• ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When you configure the ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.
ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example prefix-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] prefix-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
Usage Information The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If you do not specify the sequence number, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue). If a match clause exists, the continue feature executes only after a successful match occurs. If there are no successful matches, the continue feature is ignored.
Defaults None Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
match ip next-hop To match based on the next-hop IP addresses specified in an IP access list or IP prefix list, configure a filter. Syntax match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefixlist-name} command. Parameters prefix-list prefixlist-name Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up 10 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
• match ip route-source — redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. • match metric — redistribute routes that match a specific metric. • match route-type — redistribute routes that match a route type. • match tag — redistribute routes that match a specific tag. match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter.
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. • match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. • match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. • match metric — redistribute routes that match a specific metric. • match route-type — redistribute routes that match a route type.
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. • match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. • match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# route-map dempsey Dell(config-route-map)# • show config — display the current configuration. set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information.
Usage Information You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute. Related Commands • match as-path — redistribute routes that match an AS-PATH attribute. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured.
• set metric-type — specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. • set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set commlist community-list-name delete command.
Usage Information The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error. If the set comm-list delete command and the set community command are configured in the same route map sequence, the deletion command (set comm-list delete) is processed before the insertion command (set community).
additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1. level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • bgp default local-preference — change the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value.
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. • set metric-type — specify the route type assigned to redistributed routes. • set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Implemented the keyword internal. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. • set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show config ! ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations.
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show route-map route-map firpo, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: Set clauses: tag 34 Dell# • route-map — configure a route map.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip as-path-access-lists ip as-path access-list acc permit 750 deny 10 Dell# IP Community List Commands IP community list commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP.
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)# ip community-list TestComList Dell(config-community-list)# show ip community-lists Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order.
Example Dell# show ip community-lists ip community-list ABC permit local-AS deny no-advertise permit no-export Dell# UDF ACL Commands The following commands are available within each UDF ACL mode. deny ip Disassociate the UDF in IP access-list. Syntax deny ip {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} udf-pkt-format name udf-qualifier-value name To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
Example Dell(config-ext-nacl)#deny ip any any udf-pkt-format ipinip udfqualifier-value ipnip_val1 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500, and S4048-ON.
key Configure UDF data context for parsing the different header location offset and required bytes. Syntax key description udf-id id packetbase PacketBase offset bytes length bytes To return to the default settings, use the no key description udf-id id packetbase PacketBase offset bytes length bytes command. Parameters description Enter the key name for reference, up to 64 characters. udf-id id Enter the keywords udf-id then the ID used in the actual UDF ACL group. The range is from 1 to 12.
show config — displays the current UDF TCAM profile configuration. match Configure the packet type to match for which the UDF offset bytes have to be parsed. Syntax match l2ethertype ipv4 ipprotocol value vlantag tagStatus To return to the default settings, use the no match l2ethertype ipv4 ipprotocol value vlantag tagStatus command. Parameters l2ethertype Enter the keyword l2ethertype to match the L2 Ethertype. ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to match the IPv4 packet.
Related Commands udf-tcam — creates a context for UDF TCAM. show config — displays the current UDF TCAM profile configuration. permit ip Associate the UDF in IP access-list. Syntax permit ip {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} udf-pkt-format name udf-qualifier-value name To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Command Modes source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500, and S4048-ON. ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. show config Display the current UDF TCAM profile configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-UDF TCAM Command History This guide is platform-specific.
mask Enter the mask for the UDF in Hex, up to 24 bytes. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION-UDF-Qualifier-Value Profile Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam-qual-val)#udf-id 1 aa ff Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500, and S4048-ON. udf-id — assigns value for each configured UDF ID in the given UDF TCAM profile. udf-tcam — creates a context for UDF TCAM. show config — displays the current UDF-Qualifier-Value Profile configuration. udf-tcam Create a context for UDF TCAM. Syntax udf-tcam name seq number To return to the default settings, use the no udf-tcam name seq number command.
deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter. Syntax deny {source | any | host {ip-address}}[count [byte]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flowbased monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Related Commands • deny — assign a filter to deny IP traffic. • deny udp — assign a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp (for Extended IP ACLs) To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flowbased monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3(0.
deny ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter that drops specified types of Ethernet packets on egress ACL supported line cards. (For more information, refer to your line card documentation).
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated.
subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flowbased enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flowbased monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands • deny — assign a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. • ip access-list standard — create a standard ACL. permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
permit ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that allows traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics. For specifications, refer to your line card documentation.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flowbased monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands • ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL. • permit tcp — assign a permit filter for TCP packets. • permit udp — assign a permit filter for UDP packets. permit (for Standard MAC ACLs) To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
seq (for Standard MAC ACLs) To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes.
interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flowbased enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flowbased monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). seq (for IP ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
[port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminate with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flowbased monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Related Commands • permit – assign a permit filter for IP packets. permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
[operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
• Parameters Defaults Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flowbased enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flowbased monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
8 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) This section describes the access control list (ACL) virtual local area network (VLAN) group, and content addressable memory (CAM) enhancements. member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
Usage Information At a maximum, there can be only 32 VLAN members in all ACL VLAN groups. A VLAN can belong to only one group at any given time. You can create an ACL VLAN group and attach the ACL with the VLAN members. The optimization is applicable only when you create an ACL VLAN group. If you apply an ACL separately on the VLAN interface, each ACL has a mapping with the VLAN and increased CAM space utilization occurs.
show acl-vlan-group Display all the ACL VLAN groups or display a specific ACL VLAN group, identified by name. Syntax Parameters show acl-vlan-group {group-name | detail} group-name (Optional) Display only the ACL VLAN group that is specified, up to 140 characters. detail Display information in a line-by-line format to display the names in their entirety. Without the detail option, the output displays in a table style and information may be truncated.
Test - - 1-100 test The following sample output is displayed when using the show acl-vlan-group group-name option. NOTE: The access list name is truncated. Dell# show acl-vlan-group TestGroupSeventeenTwenty Group Name Egress IP Acl Ingress IP Acl IPV6 Acl Vlan Members Test test - Ingress 1-100 The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option.
Usage Information After CAM configuration for ACL VLAN groups is performed, you must reboot the system to enable the settings to be stored in nonvolatile storage. During the initialization of CAM, the chassis manager reads the NVRAM and allocates the dynamic VCAP regions. The following table describes the output fields of this show command: Example Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system-wide, global level.
optimization is not enabled by default, and you need to allocate the slices for CAM optimization. vlanopenflow <0-2> Allocate the number of FP blocks for VLAN open flow operations. vlaniscsi <0-2> Allocate the number of FP blocks for VLAN iSCSI counters. vlanaclopt <0-2> Allocate the number of FP blocks for the ACL VLAN optimization feature. Default If you use the default keyword with the cam-acl-vlan command, the FP blocks allocated for VLAN processes are restored to their default values.
Parameters Command Modes acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example 1: Output of the show camusage Command Dell#show cam-usage Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM | Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | IN-L3 ACL | 1024 | 1 | 1023 | | IN-L3 FIB | 49152 | 6 | 49146 | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 | | IN-NLB ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 | | IPMAC ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 206 | 9 | 197 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 178 | 9 | 169 | | OUT-V6 ACL | 178 | 4 | 174 2 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL
Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command Dell#show cam-usage acl Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM | Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | IN-L3 ACL | 1024 | 1 | 1023 | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 206 | 9 | 197 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 178 | 9 | 169 | | OUT-V6 ACL | 178 | 4 | 174 2 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | IN-L3 ACL | 1024 | 1 | 1023 | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| | 0 | IN-V6 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL 169 | | OUT-V6 ACL | 174 3 | 0 | IN-L3 FIB | 49149 | | IN-L3 ACL | 1023 | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 169 | | OUT-V6 ACL | 174 Codes: * - cam usage is above 90%.
Command History Examples This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information You can have up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at any given time. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter the ACL VLAN Group Configuration mode.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms Usage Information The output for this command displays in a line-by-line format.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms Usage Information Enter a description for each ACL VLAN group that you create for effective and streamlined administrative and logging purposes.
9 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
min_rx milliseconds Enter the keyword min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3.
Version Description 8.4.1.3 Introduced BFD for BGP on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced BFD for OSPF and ISIS on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced BFD for OSPF on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced BFD for ISIS on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced BFD for OSPF on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command.
bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session.
bfd neighbor Establish a BFD session with a neighbor. Syntax bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no bfd neighbor ipaddress command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature. Syntax bfd protocol-liveness Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.
Parameters interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. Usage Information This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd allneighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode.
The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.2.1.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors interface [detail] interface detail Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced BFD on physical ports on the E-Series. Dell# show bfd neighbors * Ad Dn B C I O O3 R M V VT - Active session role Admin Down BGP CLI ISIS OSPF OSPFv3 Static Route (RTM) MPLS VRRP Vxlan Tunnel LocalAddr Mult Clients * 1.0.1.1 3 B * 3.3.3.3 3 VT * 3.3.3.3 3 VT * 3.3.3.3 3 VT * 3.3.3.3 3 VT * 3.3.3.3 3 VT Example (Detail) RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int 1.0.1.
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# Related Commands • bfd all-neighbors — establish BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd neighbor Establish a BFD for VRRP session with a neighbor. Syntax vrrp bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no vrrp bfd neighbor ipaddress command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
10 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
address-family Enable the IPv4 multicast or the IPv6 address family. Syntax Parameters address-family [ipv4 {multicast | vrf vrf-name} | ipv6 unicast [vrf vrf-name]] ipv4 multicast Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to enable BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv4 vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes.
• Command History ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
The attribute-map corresponding to an aggregate address is applied during the outbound update creation time; the value set in that attribute-map will not be shown in the output of the show ip bgp aggregate route command. bgp add-path Allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths replacing any previous ones.
Related Commands • neighbor add-path — specify that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS).
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
bgp asnotation asdot Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf-router_bgp)# ex Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)# ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support Dell(conf)# Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax command.
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Configuring this option retains the current best-path.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands • bgp cluster-id — assign an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. • neighbor route-reflector-client — configure a route reflector and clients.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors. Assign a cluster ID with the bgp cluster-id command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers.
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration. Related Commands • bgp confederation identifier — configure a confederation ID. • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the bgp dampening command, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are positiondependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, configure the parameters in the order they appear in the CLI.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information All routers apply the bgp default local-preference command setting within the AS.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command brings down and brings up the BGP Route Manager, this results in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. The fast external fallover configuration is applied only after you manually reset all the existing BGP sessions.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands • show ip protocols — view information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the E-Series. bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command.
Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [* | <1–4294967295> | <0.1– 65535.65535> | A.B.C.
NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information. flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear.
clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [dampening [ipv4-address mask | ipv6–address mask] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear information on route dampening corresponding to that VRF NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. The clear ip bgp dampening command does not clear the history paths.
ipv6–address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address followed by the network mask to reset only that prefix. filter-list as-pathname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp regularexpression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp then regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences).
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands • show debugging — view the enabled debugging operations. • show ip bgp flap-statistics — view the BGP flap statistics. • undebug all — disable all debugging operations. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9500. • permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic. debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.
keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. softreconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv6 support. 9.0.2.
X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.. Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view BGP updates information corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peergroup-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands • bgp always-compare-med — enable comparison of all BGP MED attributes. • redistribute — redistribute routes from other routing protocols into BGP. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
Related Commands • router bgp — enter ROUTER mode on the switch. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier).
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/Unicast AFI/SAFI. When you use activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group enables for AFI/SAFI. It is not possible to de-activate a peer from the IPv4 unicast address family.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. • bgp add-path — allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths implicitly replacing any previous ones. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} allowas-in command.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings. Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor defaultoriginate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live (ttl) value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte) or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you configure the neighbor maximum-prefix command and the neighbor receives more prefixes than the neighbor maximum-prefix command configuration allows, the neighbor goes down and the show ip bgp summary command displays (prfxd) in the State/PfxRcd column for that neighbor.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you configure the set next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, the configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGPand iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect.
To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup peer-group-name} command. To disable dmzlink-dw for the peer group, use the no neighbor ip-address dmzlink-dw command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to attach a link bandwidth to received routes.
When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters. A peer cannot become part of a peer group if any of the following commands are configured on the peer: • neighbor advertisement-interval • neighbor distribute-list • neighbor route-map • neighbor route-reflector-client if a neighbor’s configuration is more specific than its peer group’s configuration, the neighbor may retain its configuration after it is added to the peer group.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed).
If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path. Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster.
To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. extended (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword extended to send extended community attribute. standard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword standard to send standard community attribute.
neighbor sender-side-loopdetect Enables sender-side loop detection for BGP. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect To disable sender-side loop detection, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enable or disable all routers with in the peer group.
Related Commands • bgp client-to-client reflection — enable route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name}no shutdown command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shut down, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands • show ip bgp summary — display the current BGP configuration. • show ip bgp neighbors — display the current BGP neighbors. neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound Enable soft-reconfiguration for BGP.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
interface Enter the keyword loopback then a number of the Loopback interface. The range is from 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map mapname] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
If you do not configure the default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”. To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the neighbor defaultoriginate command. As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-router_bgp)# show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 20.20.20.2 Incoming packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Command Modes Command History network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. The show ip bgp command displays the dmzlink-dw details only if dmzlink-bw is enabled using the bgp dmzlink-dw command. Example Dell# show ip bgp BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view cluster information of BGP neighbors corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [noadvertise] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF.
no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
Command Modes Command History ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
Command Modes Command History ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
AfNetCtxAddrlen 255 AfNwCtxAddr 1101112443 : AfNwCtxAddrlen 255 : AfNetBKDrRttP 0x41a0d500 : AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSupp 0 : AfDampMaxHld 0 : AfDampCeiling 0 : AfDampRmapP Dell# show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
Command Modes Command History ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name.
Field Example Description • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example.
show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] inconsistent-as vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes corresponding to the VRF that contain inconsistent originating AS numbers.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
*>n 66.66.77.77/32 Dell# 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i show ip bgp neighbors Allows you to view the information BGP neighbors exchange.
received-routes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor softreconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
Usage Information After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging. The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates. However, the martian case is an exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers.
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL, or Prefix list configured for the policy. For address family: Displays the IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using.
ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 InQ : Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 OutQ : Added 0, Withdrawn 0 Allow local AS number 0 times in AS-PATH attribute Prefixes accepted 2, withdrawn 15 by peer, martian prefixes ignored 0 Prefixes advertised 0, denied 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset never Local host: 172.16.0.1, Local port: 58145 Foreign host: 172.16.0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address. Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop.
• + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count.
Example Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes. Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute. Path Displays the AS path for the route, with the origin code for the route listed last. Numbers listed between braces {} are AS_SET information.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored.
Command Modes Command History ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
Example Line beginning with: Description Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name. Administratively shut Displays the peer group’s status if the peer group is not enabled. If you enable the peer group, this line is not displayed. BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression specified on that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression that is specified on either a default or a non-default VRF. regularexpression [character] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • .
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
The attribute next-hop is a part of the BGP attribute data structure. If two peers send the same route that contains similar path attributes, then two entries are maintained in the back-end, as both these entries have different next-hops. If this same route is sent to a different peer, an entry for each peer is created, as the next-hop is different. As a result, the BGP attributes count in the summary output will differ accordingly.
Field Description represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group. Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535.
MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). Dell Networking OS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Dell Platform Support Networking OS Version 7.8.1.0, MBGP for S-Series IPv4 Multicast Only debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
• local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Command Modes Command History ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number: 2-byte community value). ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value).
Related Commands • If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets. • set extcommunity soo — set the extended community site-of-origin in the routemap. set extcommunity soo To set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map, use this feature. Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [nontrans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: Related Commands • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp paths extcommunity command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
Parameters * Clear and reapply policies for all BGP sessions. as-number Clear and reapply policies for all neighbors belonging to the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 Byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 Byte), or from 0.1 to 0.65535.65535 (Dotted format). ipv4-neighboraddr | ipv6neighbor-addr Clear and reapply policies for a neighbor. peer-group name Clear and reapply policies for all BGP routers in the specified peer group. ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes.
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging.
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
11 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
• You MUST save your changes and reboot the system for CAM profiling or allocations to take effect. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application. For example: • Configure more Layer 2 forwarding information base (FIB) entries when the system is deployed as a switch. • Configure more Layer 3 FIB entries when the system is deployed as a router. • Configure more access control lists (ACLs) (when IPv6 is not employed).
validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmaclnumber Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5. nlbclusteracl number Enter the keyword nlbclusteracl and then the number of FP blocks for nlbcluster ACL. The range is from 0 to 2. By default, the value is 0 and it supports 8 NLB arp entries reserved for internal functionality.
number [iscsioptacl number] [vrfv4acl number] Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the nlbcluster ACL keyword. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
If you enable BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change. cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. Syntax Parameters cam-optimization [qos] qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
show cam-acl Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all stack units. Syntax show cam-acl Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
ipv4pbr : vrfv4Acl : Openflow : fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: 0 0 0 0 0 -- stack-unit 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 0 -- stack-unit 3 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl
Parameters policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters. number Enter all to get information for all the stack-units or enter the stack-unit number to get information for a specific stack-unit. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for stack-units and port-pipes in the chassis. The port set value is from 0 to 0. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require.
12 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues Apply a policy map for the system to rate limit control traffic on a per-queue basis. Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
Usage Information Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands • qos-policy-input — create a QoS input policy map. • policy-map-input — create an input policy map. service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a policy for the system to rate limit control protocols on a per-protocol basis.
Usage Information This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands • ip access-list extended — creates an extended IP ACL. • mac access-list extended — creates an extended MAC ACL. • qos-policy-input — creates a QoS input policy map. • class-map — creates a QoS class map.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Usage Information Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously. This will be the default configuration after reload. ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled.
show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each CPU queue. Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Dell# 400 600 600 600 300 50 50 50 50 50 show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
OSPF PIM UDP (RIP) TCP (SSH) TCP (TELNET) VRRP Dell# any any any any any any any any 520 22 23 any _ _ _ _ _ _ Q9 Q11 Q9 Q6 Q6 Q10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
OSPFV3 Dell# any any _ Q9 _ _ show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
13 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking OS commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
DCB Command The following DCB command is supported on the Dell Networking OS. dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. Syntax dcb enable[pfc-queues 1–4] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • dcb enable — enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. PFC Commands The following PFC commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit. Syntax Parameters clear pfc counters [interface-type | stack-unit {unit number | all } all stack-ports all}] port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the interface information.
Usage Information If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters. None • DCB INPUT POLICY • DCB OUTPUT POLICY This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information Specify a stack-unit number on the Master switch in a stack.
corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. Command Modes EXEC Privilege CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.
Field Description Local is enabled DCBX operational status (enabled or disabled) with a list of the configured PFC priorities. Operational status (local port) Port state for current operational PFC configuration: • Init: Local PFC configuration parameters were exchanged with the peer. • Recommend: Remote PFC configuration parameters were received from the peer. • Internally propagated: PFC configuration parameters were received from the configuration source.
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Error pkts Number of PFC error packets received. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Rx pkts Number of PFC pause frames received.
show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type pfc statistics port-type Enter the port type and the interface information. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in nonON platforms.
Example (Summary) Dell#show int te 1/1 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames ----------------------------------------------------------------0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 show stack-unit stack-ports pfc details Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports, including PFC Operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities, link delay, and number of pause packets sent an
0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts Dell# ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: Before configuring ETS, assign the etsacl space. using the cam-acl l2acl 2 ipv4acl 0 ipv6acl 0 ipv4qos 2 l2qos 0 l2pt 0 ipmacacl 0 vman-qos 0 fcoeacl 2 etsacl 1 iscsi 2 command. bandwidth-percentage Configure the bandwidth percentage allocated to priority traffic in port queues.
port queues and not to others, the remaining bandwidth (100% minus assigned bandwidth amount) is equally distributed to unassigned non-strict priority queues in the priority group. The sum of the allocated bandwidth to all queues in a priority group must be 100% of the bandwidth on the link. ETS-assigned bandwidth allocation applies only to data queues, not to control queues. The configuration of bandwidth allocation and strict-queue scheduling is not supported at the same time for a priority group.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. Syntax dcb enable[pfc-queues 1–4] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters. None • DCB INPUT POLICY • DCB OUTPUT POLICY This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information By default: • All 802.
(all priorities are in the same ETS priority group and bandwidth is allocated equally to each priority). If an error occurs when a port receives a peer’s ETS configuration, the port’s configuration is reset to the previously configured ETS output policy. If no ETS output policy was previously applied, the port is reset to the default ETS parameters.
Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information dot1p priority traffic on the switch is scheduled to the current queue mapping. dot1p priorities within the same queue must have the same traffic properties and scheduling method. ETS-assigned scheduling applies only to data queues, not to control queues. The configuration of bandwidth allocation and strict-queue scheduling is not supported at the same time for a priority group.
corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Summary) Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.
TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell# show int te 1/3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Nu
Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/1 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp
0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0T LIVnput Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/1 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6
0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class TLV Pkts show qos priority-groups Displays the ETS priority groups configured on the switch, including the 802.1p priority classes and ID of each group. Syntax show qos priority-groups Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Example (Summary) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters {fcoe | iscsi} Enter the application priority TLVs, where: • fcoe: enables the advertisement of FCoE in application priority TLVs. • iscsi: enables the advertisement of iSCSI in application priority TLVs. Defaults Application priority TLVs are enabled to advertise FCoE and iSCSI. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults All PFC and ETS TLVs are advertised. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
• auto-upstream: configures the port to receive a peer configuration. The configuration source is elected from auto-upstream ports. • auto-downstream: configures the port to accept the internally propagated DCB configuration from a configuration source. • manual: configures the port to operate only on administer-configured DCB parameters. The port does not accept a DCB configuration received form a peer or a local configuration source.
Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer. • cee: configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). • cin: configures the port to use Cisco-Intel-Nuova (DCBX 1.0). NOTE: For CIN, priority-group/traffic-class group wise bandwidth works and priority wise bandwidth configuration is ignored. • ieee-v2: configures the port to use IEEE 802.1az (Draft 2.5).
To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters {all | auto-detecttimer | configexchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. • auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX autodetect timers. • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. • fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. • mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames.
Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. Defaults 0x8 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information This command is available at the global level only. show interface dcbx detail Displays the DCBX configuration on an interface. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type along with the port number.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information To clear DCBX frame counters, use the clear dcbx counters interface stackunit/port command. The following describes the show interface dcbx detail command shown in the following example.
Example Field Description Local DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Acknowledgment Number Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or INSYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/9 Remote Mac Address 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Operational Status is Enabled Is Configuration Source? TRUE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is CEE Local DCBX Configured mode is CEE Peer Operating version is CEE Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ErPfi Local DCBX Status ----------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 0 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Protocol State: In-Sync Peer DCBX Status: ---------------DCBX Operational
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Usage Information A DCB map is a template used to configure DCB parameters and apply them on converged Ethernet interfaces. DCB parameters include priority-based flow control (PFC) and enhanced traffic selection (ETS).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch with the FC Flex IO module.
strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strict-priority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available. pfc {on | off} Configure whether priority-based flow control is enabled (on) or disabled (off) for port traffic in the priority group. Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
must be 100% of the bandwidth on the link. You must allocate at least 1% of the total port bandwidth to each priority group. dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB map on all ports of the switch stack. Syntax dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all dcb-map-name To remove the PFC and ETS settings in a DCB map from all stack units, use the no dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command. Parameters dcb-map-name Enter the name of the DCB map.
Parameters Command Modes Command History map-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Displays the PFC and ETS parameters configured in the specified map. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.
Priorities:0 1 2 4 5 6 7 PG:1 TSA:ETS Priorities:3 BW:50 PFC:ON dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-shared—buffer—size KB KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to7787. Default The default is 832KB. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size 800 dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. Syntax Parameters dcb buffer—threshold profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
priority value buffer-size size pause-threshold threshold-value resume-offset threshold-value shared-threshold-weight size Dell(conf-dcb-buffer-thr)#priority 0 buffer-size 52 pausethreshold 16 resume-offset 10 shared-threshold-weight 7 priority Configure the priority for the PFC threshold to be allocated to the buffer space parameters.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.
pause Pause frames to be sent at the specified buffer limit levels and pause packet settings no-drop The packets for this queue must not be dropped value Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7 to denote the priority to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism buffer-size Ingress buffer size size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB.
You can use set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities. For example, you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all 8 priorities. If you configure the number of lossless queues as 4 and if the administrator-configured priorities configured within the DCB input policy is applied, then the configuration for those priorities are pre-designed.
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers.
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers.
pfc priority 3 buffer-size 50 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilobytes.
message is displayed that this reduction cannot be performed owing to existing system configuration because of queues that are being currently in process. The lossless queue limit per port is validated based on the dcb pfc-queues command. PFC queue configuration identifies the maximum number of queues a port can support. Although the queue limit per port is a baseline when dynamic buffering is enabled, the limit per port for queues depends on the availability of the buffer.
Example Field Description Priority The priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-thresholdvalue Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resumethreshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
Field Description shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. service-class buffer shared-thresholdweight Create a service class and associate the threshold weight of the shared buffer with each of the queues per port in the egress direction.
The following table describes the mapping between the threshold weight of the shared buffer on the queue. It also shows the percentage of the available shared buffer used by the queues for each of the corresponding threshold weights of the shared buffer: Example sharedthresholdweight on the queue % of available shared buffer that can be consumed by the queue 0 No dynamic sharing; shared buffer = 0. 1 0.77% 2 1.54% 3 3.03% 4 5.88% 5 11.11% 6 20% 7 33.33% 8 50% 9 66.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms.
Version Description 9.3 (0.1) Introduced on S6000, S4810, and S4820T. Usage Information PFC and ETS are enabled by default on the interfaces when DCB is globally enabled (refer to dcb enable). In some network topology, you may want to disable PFC on an interface and apply link level flow control; Similarly you may want to disable ETS on an interface and apply QoS bandwidth configurations. Limitations • “dcb-map” CLI on interface is mutually exclusive to “no dcb ets enable” and “no dcb pfc enable”.
14 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted.
Parameters number Enter the stack-unit id. alllevels Enter the keyword alllevels to run the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
stack-port Enter the keywords stack-port then the port number of the stacking port to clear the statistics of the particular stacking port. The range is from 1 to 72. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. Syntax hardware watchdog stack-unit {stack-unit-number | all} Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
port-set 0–0 Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number to display the MAC ACL entries for the specified port-pipe number. . The range is from 0 to 0. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
the data plane statistics, which shows the High Gig (Higig) port raw input/output counter statistics to which the stacking module is connected. Defaults Command Modes Command History cpu management statistics Enter the keywords cpu management statistics to display the counters of the management port. cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics, to display the Management plane input/output counter statistics of the pseudo party bus interface.
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Example (PortStats) Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 unit 0 port-stats ena/ speed/ link auto STP lrn inter max loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause discrd ops face frame back ge0 down SW Yes Block Untag FA SGMII 1554 ge1 !ena SW Yes Block Tag FA SGMII 1554 ge2 !ena SW Yes Block Tag FA SGMII 1554 ge3 !ena SW Yes Block Tag FA SGMII 1554 ge4 !ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge5 !ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge6 !ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge7 !ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge8
0x0e704102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0e705102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge5 = 0x00000000 0x0e706102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge6 = 0x00000000 0x0e707102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge7 = 0x00000000 0x0e708102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge8 = 0x00000000 0x0e709102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge9 = 0x00000000 0x0e70a102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge10 = 0x00000000 0x0e70b102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge11 = 0x00000000 0x0e70c102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge12 = 0x00000000 0x0e70d102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge13 = 0x00000000 0x0e70e102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - Control Frame Counter Pause Control Frame Counter Oversized Frame Counter Jabber Frame Counter VLAN Tag Frame Counter Double VLAN Tag Frame Counter RUNT Frame Counter Fragment Counter VLAN Tagged Packets Ingress Dropped Packet MTU Check Error Frame Counter PFC Frame Priority 0 PFC Frame Priority 1 PFC Frame Priorit
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------unit: 0 port: 61 (interface Fo 1/60) Description RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX - Value IPV4 L3 Unicast Frame Counter IPV4 L3 Routed Multicast Packets IPV6 L3 Unicast Frame Counter IPV6 L3 Routed Multi
RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Details) - Debug Counter 7 Debug Counter 8 64 Byte Frame Counter 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Pac
The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x000000000000400000000000 Front End Port Present Status 0x000000000000000000000000 Back Plane Link Status 0x00000000 ****************************************************** Link Status of all the ports in the Device - 1 The linkStatus of Front End Port 0 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 1 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 2 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 3 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 4 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front
Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/4 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/5 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/6 Queue
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
, 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=2, mode=0x01, entries=1} ################# FP Entry for redirecting GVRP traffic to RSM ########### EID 2044: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x03, prio=0x7fc, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
RX - PFC Frame Priority 7 RX - Debug Counter 0 RX - Debug Counter 1 RX - Debug Counter 2
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 show hardware stack-unit buffer-statssnapshot (Total Buffer Information) View the buffer statistics tracking resource information depending on the type of buffer information, such as device-level details, port-level counters, queue-based snapshots, or priority group-level snapshot in the egress and ingress direction of traffic.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the keyword interface all. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, and S4820T.
Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 25 (interface Fo 1/168) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 29 (interface Fo 1/172) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 33 (interface Fo 1/176) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFER
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500.
Parameters Command Modes interface interface Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Example displaying egress queue-level snapshot for unicast packets for the specific interface 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 1/49 queue ucast 10 Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 1/49) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 10 0 Dell# show
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Example displaying ingress prioritygroup level snapshot for the specific interface 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 1/49 priority-group 7 Unit 1 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 1/49) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------7 0 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 1/49 priority-group all Unit 1 unit: 0 port: 1 (interfa
15 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions.
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. Syntax Parameters default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
disable Disable the DHCP server. Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Parameters name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. Syntax Parameters host address address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask.
lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to eight, in order of preference. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. Syntax Parameters netbios-node-type type type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. • Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. • Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. Syntax Parameters network network /prefix-length network/ prefixlength Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is from 17 to 31. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Parameters name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool.
Example Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Dell# show ip dhcp configuration global Protocol status : Enabled Number of ping packets : 1 Dell# Dell# show ip dhcp configuration Pool Name Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : : pool p1 p1 Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server Display the DHCP server statistics. Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes Command History Related Commands • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Parameters binding Clears the binding table. source-addressvalidation discardcounters Clears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Example Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [remote-id | trust-downstream] remote-id Configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option-82. trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and ZSeries. ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan Enable ipv6 DHCP Snooping on VLAN or range of VLANs. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan-id To disable the ipv6 dhcp snooping on VLAN basis or range of VLAN, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan command.
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ipaddress interface interface-type lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table. IPv6 DHCP Snooping Binding Create a static DHCP snooping binding entry in the snooping database.
lease value Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IPv6 address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. None • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay To set time interval for storing the snooping binding entries in a file.
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults None Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and ZSeries.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted for DHCP snooping. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping trust To disable dhcp snooping trusted capability on this interface, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping trust command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added the vlan keyword and the vlan-id variable .
vpn Enter the keyword vpn to add VPN/VRF related sub-option to relay agent information Option 82. NOTE: Adds the VPN/VRF related sub-options into the relay agent information option(82). When DHCP broadcasts are forwarded by the relay agent from clients to DHCP server. Default Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and ZSeries. ip helper-address Configures the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests. Syntax ip helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ip-address To disable the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests, use the ip helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command.
ipv6 helper-address Configures the ipv6 DHCP helper addresses without VRF. Syntax [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6-address To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the keywordipv6–address through which the server address can be reached. Default Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters Parameters Description binding Display the binding table. source-addressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. discard-counters (OPTIONAL) Display the number of dropped packets. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to show the discard counters.
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The following example displays the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation ip sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Total cam count 3 permit host 0.0.0.0 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.252 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.
NOTE: The output for port-channel interfaces does not display the physical interface.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and ZSeries. Dell# show ipv6 dhcp snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping Mac Verification : Enabled. : Disabled.
address4] [ipaddress5] [ipaddress6] NOTE: Use the additional ip-address parameters (ipaddress2 to ip-address6) in a sequential order to specify up to a maximum of six IP addresses per VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
name Enter the name of the domain to be appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to create a mapping between a host name server and its IP addresses for a specific VRF. Example Dell(conf)# ip host vrf jay dell 1.1.1.
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to delete one or all dynamically learned host table entries corresponding to a specific VRF.
16 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • ecmp-group • hash-algorithm • hash-algorithm ecmp • hash-algorithm seed • ip ecmp-group • ip ecmp weighted • link-bundle-monitor enable • link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold • show config • show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a LAG interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the slot/port information. Off • CONFIGURATION • CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP This guide is platform-specific.
hash-algorithm Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel and ECMP. The ECMP and LAG options are supported on the S-Series and Z-Series.
hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} lag {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} hg-seed seedvalue • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 • xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR Enter the keyword hg then one of the following options available in the stack-unit and linecard provisioned devices: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC
stack-unit number (OPTIONAL) : Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit slot number. linecard number (OPTIONAL) : Enter the keyword linecard then the linecard slot number. port-set number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port-set then the port-set slot number. Defaults IPSA and IPDA mask value is FF for the stack-unit. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The stack-unit option is applicable with the lag-hash-align microcode only.
Term heading Parameters Defaults Description heading crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crc-lower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled. lsb Returns the LSB of the key as the hash. The default is crc-lower. • crc-lower • dest-ip enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm. Syntax Parameters hash-algorithm seed value [stack-unitslot/port] [port-set number] seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value. The range is from 0 to 2,147,483,646. stack–unit slot/ port Enter the keyword stack-unit then the slot/port[subport] number. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set then the port-pipe number. The value is 0.
Dell provides a CLI-based solution for modifying the hash seed to ensure that on each configured system, the ECMP selection is same. When configured, the same seed is set for ECMP, LAG, and NH, and is used for incoming traffic only. NOTE: While the seed is stored separately on each port-pipe, the same seed is used across all CAMs. You cannot separate LAG and ECMP but you can use different algorithms across the chassis with the same seed.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations.
ip ecmp weighted Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)# no ip ecmp ? weighted Disables Weighted ECMP Dell(conf)# no ip ecmp weighted Dell(conf)# do show running-config | grep ecmp link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific.
link-bundle-distribution triggerthreshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%.
show config Display the ECMP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
17 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands: Topics: • fips mode enable • show fips status • show ip ssh • ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
proceed (y/n) ? y Dell (conf)# show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.
EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Removed the support for hmac-sha2-256-96 algorithm. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmac-sha1,hmacsha1-96,hmac-sha2-256. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchangesha1,diffie-hellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.48 1 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.
• 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: • hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Removed the support for hmac-sha2-256-96 algorithm. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client-public keys.
With FIPS mode enabled: Dell# ssh 10.10.10.10 ? -c Encryption cipher to use (for v2 clients only) -l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) Dell# ssh 10.10.10.
18 FIP Snooping In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs). Acting as a transit FIP snooping bridge, the switch uses dynamically created access control lists (ACLs) to permit only authorized FCoE traffic to transmit between an FCoE end-device and an FCF.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type slot/port[/subport] | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
debug fip snooping Enable debugging on FIP snooping. Syntax Parameters debug fip-snooping [all | acl | error | ifm | info | ipc | ns | rscn | rx | tx] all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging. error Enter the keyword error for error-specific debugging. ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging.
debug fip snooping rx Enable debugging for FIP snooping receive-specific packets. Syntax Parameters debug fip-snooping rx packet-type [all | discovery | ns | virtuallink-instantiation | virtual-link-maintenance| vlan-discovery] [interface] packet-type interface Enter the keyword packet-type and then the option type on which to enable debugging. The options are: • all — Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packet-type and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command.
Dell(conf)#cam-acl l2acl 2 ipv4acl 0 ipv6acl 0 ipv4qos 2 l2qos 0 l2pt 0 ipmacacl 0 vman-qos 0 fcoeacl 2 etsacl 1 iscsi 2 Dell(conf)#feature fip-snooping fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN. Syntax fip-snooping enable To disable the FIP snooping feature on all or a specified VLAN, use the no fipsnooping enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History FIP snooping is disabled on all VLANs.
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fipsnooping fc-map command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. 0x0EFC00 • CONFIGURATION • VLAN INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific.
fip-snooping max-sessions-perenodemac Configure the maximum session limit per ENode MAC address. Syntax fip-snooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac max-sessions-value To return the configured maximum sessions to the default value, use the no fipsnooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac command. Parameters max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64. Defaults 32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information NOTE: This command is deprecated from the Dell Networking OS. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show fip-snooping config • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Dell# show fip-snooping enode Enode MAC Enode Interface FCF MAC VLAN FC-ID --------- --------------- ------- ---- ----d4:ae:52:1b:e3:cd Te 1/11 54:7f:ee:37:34:40 100 62:00:11 show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected.
Example Field Description FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO D Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns. Dell# show fip-snooping fcf FCF MAC FCF Interface VLAN FC-MAP FKA_ADV_PERIOD No.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface. Number of VLAN Notifications Number of FIP-snoop VLAN notification frames received on the interface.
Example Field Description Number of FDISC Rejects Number of FIP FDISC reject frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Accepts Number of FIP FLOGO accept frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Rejects Number of FIP FLOGO reject frames received on the interface. Number of CVLs Number of FIP clear virtual link frames received on the interface. Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface.
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Example (Port Channel) of of of of of of of of of of of Unicast Discovery Advertisement :0 FLOGI Accepts :0 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :0 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell# show fip-snooping statistics interface port-channel 22 Number of Vlan Requests :0 Number of Vlan Notifications :2 Number of Multi
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Example Dell# show fip-snooping vlan * = Default VLAN VLAN FC-MAP FCFs Enodes Sessions ---- ------ ---- ------ -------*1 100 0X0EFC00 1 2 17 show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.
19 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember • FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
clear frrp Clear the FRRP statistics counters. Syntax Parameters clear frrp [ring-id] ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Example • Topology change Rx and Tx counters • The number of state change counters Dell# clear frrp Clear frrp statistics counter on all ring [confirm] yes Dell#clear frrp 4 Clear frrp statistics counter for ring 4 [confirm] yes Dell# Related Commands • show frrp — display the Resilient Ring Protocol configuration. debug frrp Clear the FRRP statistics counters.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces.
control-vlan vlanid • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (commaseparated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8.
mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode. Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• hello Rx and Tx counters • Topology change Rx and Tx counters • The number of state change counters Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command is executed.
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node. The dead interval command is the time that elapses before a time-out occurs.
20 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
• GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates. But if the local bridge must know only how to reach a given VLAN, then GVRP provides all necessary information. • The VLAN topologies that GVRP learns are treated differently from VLANs that are statically configured.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
leave Enter the keyword leave then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 600 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave-all Enter the keywords leave-all then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave-all time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above.
other entities can reregister their attribute information. Then the Leave-all time begins again. Related Commands • show garp timers — display the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set.
Usage Information Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed. Normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP. The interface becomes a member of a VLAN after learning about the VLAN through GVRP.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • disable — globally disable GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. Syntax show garp timers Defaults None Command Modes Command History Example Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports. Example Related Commands Dell# show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
Defaults Command Modes Command History None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Leave In Transmitted: 0 Leave Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave All Transmitted: 41 Invalid Messages/Attributes skipped: 0 Failed Registrations: 0 Dell# Related Commands • show gvrp — display the GVRP configuration.
21 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking OS is the configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced.
count number Enter the number of times a process can restart within the configured period. The range is from 1 to 3. The default is 3. period minutes Enter the amount of time within which the process can restart count times. The range is from 1 to 60 minutes. The default is 60 minutes. Default By default, a process can be restarted a maximum of three times within one hour. On the exception that exceeds this limit, the system reloads or fails over.
Parameters Default count number Enter the number of times the RPMs can automatically failover within the period defined in the period parameter. The range is from 2 to 10. The default is 3. period minutes Enter a duration in which to allow a number of automatic failovers (limited to the number defined in the count parameter). The range is from 5 to 9000 minutes. The default is 60 minutes.
redundancy disable-auto-reboot Prevent the system from auto-rebooting the failed module. Syntax redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit [stack—unit ID| members} [rpm| card number | all] To return to the default, use the no redundancy disable-auto-reboot stackunit rpm command. Parameters rpm Enter the keyword rpm to disable auto-reboot of the failed RPM. stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit ID number. Default Disabled — the failed module is automatically rebooted.
redundancy force-failover Force the secondary stack unit to become the primary stack unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one stack unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software. Syntax Parameters redundancy force-failover stack-unit stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit ID number. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
redundancy protocol Enable hitless protocols. Syntax redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} To disable a hitless protocol, use the no redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} command. Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
redundancy reset-counter Reset failover counter and timestamp information displayed in the show redundancy command. Syntax redundancy reset-counter Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Default The SFM is online by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Slot Status ------------------------------------------0 active 1 active redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Master and Stand-by stack units. Syntax Parameters redundancy synchronize [full] full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show patch Display the system patches loaded with the In-Service Modular Hot Fix command. Syntax show patch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Field Description RPM Failover Record Displays the following information: Last Data Sync Record • RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy reset-counter command) • the time and date of the last RPM failover • the reason for the last RPM failover Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sync: • Start-up Config is the contents of the startup-config file. • Line Card Config is the line card types configured and interfaces on those line cards.
Running Config: Dell# succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 High Availability (HA) 818
22 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and their Definitions. Table 1. ICMP Messages and their Definitions Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 4 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable .
Symbol & Type Code Description 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Query Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply .
23 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocolindependent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes. • IGMPv2 is the default version of IGMP on interfaces.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
debug ip igmp Enable debugging of IGMP packets. Syntax Parameters debug ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] [group address | interface] • To disable IGMP debugging, use the no debug ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] [group address | interface] command. • To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging of IGMP packets corresponding to that VRF.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Usage Information The access list accepted is an extended ACL. To block IGMP reports from hosts, on a per-interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list, use this feature.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) For IGMP version 2, the Interval range is from 100 to 25599. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] ssm-map std-access-list source-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. std-access-list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups.
ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3. Syntax Parameters ip igmp version {2 | 3} 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. Syntax Parameters show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [group-address [detail]]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the detail option. E-Series legacy command.
Example (VLT) NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. Dell# show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Example (Details) 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Vlan 20 Inbound IGMP access group is not set Internet address is 35.0.0.1/24 IGMP is enabled on interface IGMP query interval is 60 seconds IGMP querier timeout is 125 seconds IGMP max query response time is 10 seconds IGMP last member query response interval is 1000 ms IGMP immediate-leave is enabled for all groups IGMP activity: 0 joins IGMP querying router is 35.0.0.
group Command Modes Command History Example Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
IGMP Snooping Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell Networking systems. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • Dell Networking OS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts. • Dell Networking OS IGMP snooping implementation is based on IP multicast address (not based on Layer 2 multicast mac address) and the IGMP snooping entries are in Layer 3 flow table not in Layer 2 forwarding information base (FIB).
clear ip igmp snooping groups Clear snooping entries from the group cache table. Syntax Parameters clear ip igmp snooping groups [group-address interface | interface] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. Syntax Parameters debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] • To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. • To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. Syntax ip igmp snooping enable To disable IGMP snooping, use the no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE VLAN This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
ip igmp snooping flood This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets. Syntax ip igmp snooping flood To undo this configuration, use the no ip igmp snooping flood command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages. Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-memberquery-interval command. Parameters milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
Usage Information This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive Group-Specific Query messages. To change the last-member-query interval, use this command. ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information The Dell Networking OS provides the capability of statically configuring the interface to which a multicast router is attached. To configure a static connection to the multicast router, enter the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface command in the VLAN context.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed.
detail Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Member Ports: Te 1/17 Dell# show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] vlan number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example Related Commands Dell# show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Te 1/3, Po 1 Dell# • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configure a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
24 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Topics: • Basic Interface Commands • Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands • UDP Broadcast Commands • ip http source-interface Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. NOTE: This command also enables you to clear the port configurations corresponding to a range of ports.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.1.0 Added support (E-Series only) for VRRP groups in a VRF instance. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface dampening counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [max-suppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”. The range is from 1 to 20000.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With each flap, Dell Networking OS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the ErrorDisabled state. This interface state is deemed as “down” by all static/dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols.
to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
duplex (10/100 Interfaces) Configure duplex mode on the Management Interface interfaces where the speed is set to 10/100. Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured.
NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP-SFP2-1T in the S25P model of the SSeries, you can manually set its speed with the speed command. When you set the speed to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps, you can also execute the duplex command. Related Commands • negotiation auto — enable or disables auto-negotiation on an interface. flowcontrol Control how the system responds to and generates 802.3x pause frames on 10 Gig ports.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.5.1.9 and 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series with the thresholds option. Usage Information The globally assigned 48-bit Multicast address 01-80-C2-00-00-01 is used to send and receive pause frames.
• Dell Networking OS only supports rx on tx on and rx off tx off for speeds less than 1 Gig (Symmetric). NOTE: If you use the disable rx flow control command, Dell Networking recommends rebooting the system. Example Dell(conf-if-Te-1/1)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on no shutdown ...
on on Related Commands on on on on on on • show running-config — display the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). • show interfaces — display the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical or virtual interface on the switch. Syntax Parameters interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/ port information. The Null interface number is 0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for interfaces. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.
interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces. Syntax interface group [interface | vlan vlanid {- vlanid } ] To delete a range of VLANs, use the following command: no interface group vlan vlanid {- vlanid} Parameters interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface group and one of the interfaces — slot/port or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command. Note: For release 9.4(0.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration). Using the interface range command, you can enter identical commands for a range of interface. Syntax Parameters interface range interface {slot/port[subport] | port} — {slot/ port[subport] | port}, interface {slot/port[/subport] | port} — {slot/port[/subport] | port},...
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces. VLAN or port-channel interfaces that are not displayed in the show running-config command cannot be used with the bulk configuration feature of the interface range command. You cannot create virtual interfaces (VLAN, Portchannel) using the interface range command. NOTE: If a range has VLAN, physical and port-channel interfaces, only commands related to physical interfaces can be bulk configured.
interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and the interface information. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six comma-separated ranges. Spaces are not required between the commas. Commaseparated ranges can include VLANs, port-channels, and physical interfaces. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Example (Single Range) Version Description pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show running-config command to display the macro definition.
Example (Single Range) Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example shows the macro named test that was defined earlier.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810; added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
intf-type cr4 autoneg Set the interface type as CR4 with auto-negotiation enabled. To set the interface type as CR4 with autonegotiation disabled, use the no intf-type cr4 autoneg command. Syntax intf-type cr4 autoneg Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. Syntax keepalive To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
To disable auto-negotiation, use the no negotiation auto command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
• Slave • Auto-neg Error — typically indicates that both ends of the node are configured with forced-master or forced-slave. CAUTION: Ensure that one end of your node is configured as forced-master and one is configured as forced-slave. If both are configured the same (that is, forced-master or forced-slave), the show interfaces command flaps between an auto-neg-error and forced-master/slave states. You can display master/slave settings with the show interfaces command.
• auto-negotiation enabled* speed 1000 or auto • auto-negotiation enabled speed 100 • auto-negotiation disabled speed 100 • auto-negotiation enabled speed 100 • auto-negotiation disabled speed 100 Link Status Between Port 1 and Port 2 • Up at 1000 Mb/s • Up at 100 Mb/s • Up at 100 Mb/s • Down • Down * You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000 or auto. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
Example (Single Interface) Key Description a Change the view to the previous interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the previous line card in the chassis. T Increase the screen refresh rate. t Decrease the screen refresh rate. q Return to the CLI prompt. systest-3 Monitor time: 00:00:06 Refresh Intvl.
Te 1/17 Up 0 0 14950126 81293 Te 1/18 Up 0 0 0 0 Te 1/19 Down 0 0 0 0 Te 1/20 Up 62734 54 62766 18 Te 1/21 Up 60198 9 200899 9 Te 1/22 Up 17304741100 3157554 10102508511 1114221 Te 1/23 Up 17304769659 3139507 7133354895 523329 m - Change mode c - Clear screen b - Display bytes r - Display pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up a - Page down mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header. When you enter the no mtu command, Dell Networking OS reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows.
portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• True — port is tagged • False — port is untagged • Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example. This example shows unconfiguration of the hybrid port using the no portmode hybrid command. NOTE: Remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
Version Description 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to support eSR4 optics in Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.2 Included SFP and SFP+ optics power detail in the E-Series and C-Series output. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Line Description • Wavelength, F10 unknown — Dell ID is present, but not able to determine the optics type • Unknown, Non-qualified — if wavelength is reading error, and F10 ID is not present Dell Networking allows unsupported SFP and XFP transceivers to be used, but Dell Networking OS might not be able to retrieve some data about them.
Line Description • Output Statistics: Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: • Number of packets, bytes, and underruns out of the interface • Packet size and the number of the packets outbound to the interface • Number of Multicast, Broadcast, and Unicast packets: • Example discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing • Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets • Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets • Uni
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 3d17h51m Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
Link local IPv6 address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe0b:a94c/64 Global IPv6 address: 2222::5/64 Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 04:01:08 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 943 packets, 78347 bytes, 190 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 459 packets, 102388 bytes, 15 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface s
Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) Dell# show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6 is down, line protocol is down Address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c, Current address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c Interface index is 1107525638 of-instance: 2 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:05:12 Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface st
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Time since last interface status change: 00:04:59 Dell# Related Commands • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. Syntax Parameters show interfaces dampening [[interface] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. Syntax Parameters show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy tengigabitethernet Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot or port information. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show interfaces gigabitethernet command following example. Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled. If so, indicates the selected speed and duplex. Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information. When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully, the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read “True.
Speed: Example Related Commands • Auto • 1000MB • 100MB • 10MB Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/1 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability:
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Current address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 !-------------output truncated ----------------! Related Commands • show hardware stack-unit — display data plane and management plane input/ output statistics. • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a stack-unit slot and interface.
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Related Commands • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.1Q tag status and VLAN membership.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface on the switch. • show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/ port/[subport] - slot/port/[subport]. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Line Description Temp High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and SFP+. Voltage High Alarm threshold Displays the interface index number used by SNMP to identify the interface. Bias High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting.
Line Description Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temperature Current temperature of the SFPs. If this temperature crosses Temp High alarm/warning thresholds, the temperature high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Voltage Current voltage of the SFPs. If this voltage crosses voltage high alarm/warning thresholds, the voltage high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Tx Bias Current Present transmission (Tx) bias current of the SFP.
Example Line Description Rx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above.
SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Length(9um) Km = 0x00 Length(9um) 100m = 0x00 Length(50um) 10m = 0x1e Length(62.
SFP 1 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag = True =================================== !-------output truncated ------------------------Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface on the switch. • show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
Usage Information NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. • Example Related Commands You can specify multiple ports as port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1 - 4.
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/2,fo-2/56)# show range 2/2 - 0 2/56 - 0 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/2,fo-2/56)# • interface — configure a physical interface on the switch.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related Commands • ecmp-group — configure a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution. shutdown Disable an interface. Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior. When a VLAN is disabled, the Layer 3 functions within that VLAN are disabled. Layer 2 traffic continues to flow.
auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. Auto-negotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto. Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.
• negotiation auto — enable or disable auto-negotiation on an interface. speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 100 Mb/s. 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s.
Related Commands • interface ManagementEthernet — configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). • duplex (10/100 Interfaces) — configure duplex mode on physical interfaces with the speed set to 10/100. • management route — configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. stack-unit portmode Split a single 40G port into four 10G ports.
Example (stack unit – Warning message when 13 ports are configured in any port range) Dell(conf)# stack-unit 0 port 48 portmode quad Maximum number of ports that can be made Quad mode in the range <0-63> is configured. Ports 52,56,60, will be disabled on reload. Do you wish to continue? [confirm yes/no]:yes Please save and reset unit 0 for the changes to take effect. Dell(conf)# switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode.
Defaults Disabled — interface is in Layer 3 mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command. Parameters application-type all Enter any of the following keywords: • For DNS, enter the keyword dns. • For FTP, enter the keyword ftp. • For NTP, enter the keyword ntp.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. application (for HTTP and ICMP) Configure the management egress interface selection for HTTP and ICMP. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced are described here.
clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
management egress-interface-selection To make configured application traffic egress through the management port instead of the front-end (FE) port, enable and configure a management egress interface. Syntax management egress-interface-selection To disable and remove management egress interface selection (EIS) configurations, use the no management egress-interface-selection command. Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell# show ip management-eis-route Destination Gateway ----------------10.11.0.0/16 ManagementEthernet 1/1 172.16.1.0/24 10.11.192.4 State ----Connected Active Route Source -----------Connected Static show management application pkt-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have taken the management route. Syntax show management application pkt-cntr Defaults None.
show management application pkt-fallbackcntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.
NOTE: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about Dell Networking OS link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter. For more information about configuring and using Port Channels, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel.
To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs. Defaults None Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
A Port Channel can contain any physical interface. Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled, Dell Networking OS determines the common speed. For more information, refer to channel-member. If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis, you can also configure the mtu and ip mtu commands. The Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members must be greater than the Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the Port Channel interface.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG.
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
Example Field Description Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters were cleared. Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers.
Dell# User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
Parameters outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information. • incominginterface interface For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets). The show port-channel-flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port-channel if a valid flow is entered.
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Important Points to Remember • The interface and port must be enabled (configured—refer to the interface command) before running TDR. An error message is generated if you have not enabled the interface.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated: Dell# tdr-cable-test tengigabitethernet 11/1 % Error: Interface is disabled Te 11/1. Syslog messages are generated when the link flaps during TDR tests.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information If the TDR test has not been run, an error message is generated: %Error: Please run the TDR test first The following describes the TDR test status. Example Related Commands Status Definition OK Status: Terminated TDR test is complete, no fault is detected on the cable, and the test is terminated.
• If you configure this feature on an interface using the ip udp-helper udp-port command, the ip directed-broadcast command becomes ineffective on that interface. • The existing show interface command has been modified to display the configured broadcast address. debug ip udp-helper Enable UDP debug and display the debug information on a console. Syntax debug ip udp-helper To disable debug information, use the no debug ip udp-helper command.
01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Te 4/0 is handed over for DHCP processing. Related Commands • ip udp-helper udp-port — enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface. • show ip udp-helper — display the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. ip udp-helper udp-port Enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports.
occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not. If you only configure the ip udp-helper udp-port command, all the UDP broadcast traffic is flooded, including ports 67/68 traffic if those ports are part of the udp-port-list. Related Commands • ip helper-address — configure the destination broadcast or host address for the DHCP server. • debug ip udp-helper — enable debug and displays the debug information on a console.
Related Commands • debug ip udp-helper — enable debug and displays the debug information on a console. • ip udp-helper udp-port — enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports. ip http source-interface Specify an interface as the source interface for HTTP connections. Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command.
Version Description 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs to 4094 (was 2094) 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series 7.5.1.
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
crypto ipsec transform-set Create a transform set, or combination of security algorithms and protocols, of cryptos. Syntax crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc| des|null}} To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ahauthentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5|sha1| null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command.
• null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.
seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. • IPv4 addresses support only -/32 mask types. • IPv6 addresses support only -/128 mask types. • Configure match for bi-directional traffic for optimal routing. • Only TCP is supported.
esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key. For SHA algorithms, specify at least 20 bytes per key. encrypt Indicates the ESP encryption transform set key string. auth Indicates the ESP authentication transform set key string.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Policy name : Policy refcount : Sequence Num : SA Mode : Transform-Set Name : Peer IP Address : Inbound AH SPI : Inbound ESP Auth SPI : Inbound ESP Encry SPI : Inbound AH Key : Inbound ESP Auth Key : Inbound ESP Encry Key : Outbound AH SPI : Outbound ESP Auth SPI : Outbound ESP Encry SPI: Outound AH Key : Outound ESP Auth Key : Outound ESP Encry Key : Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the platform.
• ip unreachables • load-balance • load-balance hg • management route • show arp • show arp retries • show hosts • show ip cam stack-unit • show ip fib stack-unit • show ip flow • show ip interface • show ip management-route • show ipv6 management-route • show ip protocols • show ip route • show ip route list • show ip route summary • show ip traffic • show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (A
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • clear arp-cache — clear dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. • show arp — display the ARP table. arp backoff-time Set the exponential timer for resending unresolved ARPs. Syntax Parameters arp backoff-time seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds an ARP entry is black-holed. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 30. Defaults 30 Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
arp max-entries Enables you to configure the maximum number of ARP entries per VRF that are allowed for IPv4.. Syntax Parameters arp max-entries [vrf vrf-name] max-number vrf vrf-name Enter the name of a specific VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of ARP entries that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of ARP entries that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Syntax Parameters arp retries number number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 1 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes. Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). Syntax Parameters clear arp-cache [vrf vrf-name | interface | ip ip-address] [norefresh] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache corresponding to that VRF.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to clear only the statistics from Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF: 20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.
debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions. Syntax debug ipv6 dhcp To disable the debug logs for dhcpv6 relay agent transactions, use the debug ipv6 dhcp command. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
count value • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity.
ICMP: src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo reply ICMP: echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.
Field Description this fragment (fragment offset) from the beginning of the original datagram. Example IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 1/1), len 54, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994894, ack=606901739, win=8191 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.206 (Ma 1/1), d=10.1.2.62, len 40, rcvd TCP src=0, dst=0, seq=0, ack=0, win=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 1/1), len 226, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994896, ack=606901739, win=8192 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.216 (Ma 1/1), d=10.1.2.
Example (Error Messages) Dell# debug ip packet %Error: port operator %Error: port operator %Error: port operator %Error: port operator access-group test GT not supported in access-list debug LT not supported in access-list debug RANGE not supported in access-list debug NEQ not supported in access-list debug Dell#00:10:45: %RPM0-P:CP %IPMGR-3-DEBUG_IP_PACKET_ACL_AMBIGUOUS_EXP: Ambiguous rules not supported in access-list debug, access-list debugging is turned off Dell# ip address Assign a primary and sec
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Parameters name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times. If multiple servers are defined, an incoming request is sent simultaneously to all configured servers and the reply is forwarded to the DHCP client. Dell Networking OS uses standard DHCP ports, that is UDP ports 67 (server) and 68 (client) for DHCP relay services.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through Dell Networking OS.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
Example Dell(conf)# ip icmp source-interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 Dell(conf)# ipv6 icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv6 packets.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for reassembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of protocol routes that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of protocol routes that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 7500. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version 9.4.(0.
Verison Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enter the no mtu command, Dell Networking OS reduces the ip mtu value to 1536 bytes. To return the IP MTU value to the default, use the no ip mtu command.
Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes • mtu — set the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optoinal) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure a static route corresponding to that VRF. Use this VRF option after the ip route keyword to configure a static route on that particular VRF. destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device. mask Enter the mask in the slash prefix format (/x) of the destination IP address. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router in dotted decimal format.
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. Use this VRF option after the next hop to specify which VRF the next hop belongs to. This setting is used in route leaking cases. See “R”oute Leaking VRFs” in the Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) section of the Configuration guide. weight weightvalue Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 1/1 172.31.5.43 • The software installs a next hop that is not on the directly connected subnet but which recursively resolves to a next hop on the interface’s configured subnet. In the example, if tengig 1/1 has an ip address on subnet 2.2.2.0 and if 172.31.5.43 recursively resolves to 2.2.2.
ip source-route Enable Dell Networking OS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
load-balance By default, for C-Series and S-Series, Dell Networking OS uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
• ingress-port enable enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is enabled by default. Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • enable — Takes the source port into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is disabled by default. Defaults IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, Destination Port) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
tunnel [ipv4-overipv4 | ipv4-overgre-ipv4 | macin-mac]} • dest-module-id — Use dest-module-id field in hash calculation. • vlan — Use vlan field in hash calculation . • ethertype — Use Ethertype field in hash calculation. • source-dest-mac — Use SMAC and DMAC fields in hash calculation. To use tunnel key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword tunnel then one of the parameters: • ipv4-over-ipv4 — Use ipv4-over-ipv4 field in hash calculation.
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Syntax management route {ip-address mask | ipv6-address 1.1.1.1prefixlength} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet | fortyGigE | vlan | tengigabitethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route command. Parameters ip-address mask Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) and mask (/prefix format) of the destination subnet.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for forty gigabit, vlan, and tengigabit ethernet interfaces. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.
NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance for either a specific address family corresponding to the default VRF or an IPv4 address family corresponding to a nondefault VRF. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF and added usage information for the clear arp-cache command. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
Description Example Example (Private VLAN) Hardware Address Displays the MAC address associated with the ARP entry. Interface Displays the first two letters of the interfaces type and the slot/ port associated with the ARP entry. VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Dell> show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU ------------------------------------------------------------Internet 192.2.1.
Description CPU Example (Summary) Related Commands Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Dell# show arp summary TotalEntries Static Entries Dynamic Entries CPU ---------------------------------------------83 0 83 CP Dell# • ip local-proxy-arp — enable/disable Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs. • switchport mode private-vlan — set PVLAN mode of the selected port. show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced. • arp retries — set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History show hosts • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. • If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured.
Related Commands • traceroute — view the DNS resolution. • ip host — configure a host. show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch. Syntax Parameters show ip cam stack-unit {stack-unit-number} [port-set {pipe-number} | vrf vrf-name {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [group-index index-number]]}| summary] stack-unitnumber Enter the stack-unit ID.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
1.1.1.2/32 1.1.1.1/32 1.1.1.0/24 Dell# Example (ECMPGroup) 0 0 0 0 1 1 3000 0 0 00:05:00:00:00:02 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 Te 3/44 CP CP Dell# show ip cam stack-unit 3 po 0 ecmp-group detail Destination EC C VId Mac-Addr Port ECMP Group-Index -------------------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.2/32 0 0 1000 00:01:00:00:00:02 Te 3/42 2.1.1.2/32 0 0 20 00:03:00:00:00:02 Po 10 2.1.1.1/32 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 1.1.1.1/32 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 2.1.1.
summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
If weighted ECMP is enabled, then the show ip fib stack-unit command display a new column named W-EC (Weighted ECMP). This column displays either a value of 1 or 0 depending on whether or not a route is assigned with a weight. Example Dell# show ip fib stack-unit 1 Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr Port VId EC ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.2/32 via 1.1.1.2, Vl 1000 1.1.1.2 00:01:00:00:00:02 Te 3/42 1000 0 2.1.1.2/32 via 2.1.1.
source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. destination-ip address Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. protocol number [tcp | udp] Enter the keyword protocol then one of the protocol type keywords: tcp, udp, or protocol number The protocol number range is from 0 to 255. . src-port number Enter the keywords src-port then the source port number.
The show ip flow command does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available). S-Series produces the following error message: %Error: Unable to read IP route table. Example Dell# show ip flow interface te 2/42 20.1.1.1 100.1.1.2 protocol tcp Flow: 20.1.1.1 100.1.1.2 6 Ingress interface: Te 2/42 Egress Interface: Te 2/43 Dell# show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces.
• Command Modes Command History For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a brief summary of the interfaces and whether an IP address is assigned. configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configured to display the physical interfaces with non-default configurations only. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Example Lines Description Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value. Inbound access... Displays the name of the configured incoming access list. If none is configured, the phrase “not set” is displayed. Proxy ARP... States whether proxy ARP is enabled on the interface. Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse...
TenGigabitEthernet down down TenGigabitEthernet up TenGigabitEthernet up TenGigabitEthernet up TenGigabitEthernet up TenGigabitEthernet down down 1/2 unassigned 1/3 unassigned up 1/4 unassigned up 1/5 unassigned up 1/6 10.10.10.1 up 1/7 unassigned NO Manual administratively YES Manual YES Manual YES Manual YES Manual NO Manual administratively show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 1/1 10.1.2.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. Syntax Parameters show ip route [vrf vrf-name] hostname | ip-address [mask] [longerprefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
Command Modes Command History static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view only routes the ip route command configures. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary. For more information, refer to the show ip route summary command. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.
Field Description • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes The weight for weighted ECMP route calculations is displayed for each path in the route in sh
100.10.10.0/24 > R 100.10.10.0/24 C 101.10.10.0/24 > R 101.10.10.0/24 Dell# via 101.10.10.
Dell# show ip route 1.1.1.0/24 Routing entry for 1.1.1.0/24 Known via "static", distance 1, metric 0 Last update 00:05:01 ago Routing Descriptor Blocks: * 4.4.4.2, via TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 weight 100 * 6.6.6.2, via TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 weight 200 Dell(conf)# Example (With Weighted ECMP Disabled) Dell(conf)# ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 100 Dell(conf)# ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
• show ip prefix-list summary — display a summary of the configured prefix lists. show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip route [vrf vrf-name] [summary] vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on the IP routes corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Example Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell Networking OS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols.
NOTE: These options are supported only on the E-Series. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view statistics from all processors. If you do not enter a keyword, you also view all statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only statistics from the Control Processor. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 2.
Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by Dell Networking OS. not a gateway... Packets can not be routed; the host/network is unreachable. security failures...
Example • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplyRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.3 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Request: Object = f10ArpReqSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.2 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.4 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Proxy: Object = f10ArpProxySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Example Field Description 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets...
0 partially dup packets (0 bytes) 7 out-of-order packets (0 bytes) 0 packets ( 0 bytes) with data after window 0 packets after close 0 window probe packets, 41 window update packets 41 dup ack packets, 0 ack packets with unsend data 10184 ack packets (12439508 bytes) Sent: 12007 Total, 0 urgent packets 25 control packets (including 24 retransmitted) 11603 data packets (12439677 bytes) 24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packets (41 delayed) 0 window probe packets, 0 window update packets
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
show cam-acl-egress Show information on FP groups allocated for egress ACLs. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show cam-acl-egress • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Dell#show cam-acl Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show cam-acl • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
L2Acl Ipv4Acl Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos L2Qos L2PT IpMacAcl VmanQos VmanDualQos EcfmAcl FcoeAcl iscsiOptAcl ipv4pbr vrfv4Acl Openflow fedgovacl 1 block = 128 entries 2 4 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F3940 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : -- stack-unit 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0+F394 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 Dell# Exam
Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Added the monitor option. permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name cpu-qos To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP). permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.
cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs. Syntax Parameters cam-acl {default | l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10} default l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range.
Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4.
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a stack unit. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 fib [vrf vrf-name]| stack-unit unit-number vrf vrf–name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the neighbor corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are cleared. slot Enter the slot number to clear the FIB. unit-number Enter the stack member number.
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
warningthreshold Warning threshold value is expressed as a percentage of the limit value. When the number of IPv6 routes reaches the specified percentage of the limit, a warning message is generated. Valid range is 1 to 100. When warn-threshold is used, once the limit is reached, additional routes will not be allowed into the RTM ( route table manager ) itself. warning-only When the warning-only option is used, a syslog message will be thrown when maximum number of dynamic IPv6 routes reaches the limit.
Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Infomation Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Updated Usage Information section. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefixlength} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
X:X:X:X::X IPv6 address Dell(conf-if-te-1/2)# ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 ? <0-128> Prefix length in bits Dell(conf-if-te-1/2)# ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 ? Dell(conf-if-te-1/2)# ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 Dell(conf-if-te-1/2)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 no ip address ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 no shutdown ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface.
Usage Information This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only. Prefixes may be configured on the interface using the ipv6 nd prefix command without creating an EUI64 address.
ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the protocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.
To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 nd dns-server Configures Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) addresses to be distributed via IPv6 router advertisements to an IPv6 device.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4810, S4820T, and MXL.. Usage Information Use this command to add, edit, or delete an IPv6 RDNSS address and lifetime value. You can configure up to four IPv6 RDNSS addresses. You must specify a lifetime using the lifetime or infinite parameter.
preferred-lifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 604800. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime and does not expire. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.
ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
NOTE: Weight for a static route can be added only for the destination address and not for the route pointing to destination a interface. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
A route is considered for weighted ECMP calculations only if each paths corresponding to that route is configured with a weight.
Usage Information Because this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. When you disable unicast routing, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, Dell Networking OS generates a syslog message indicating the action.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. • ipv6 nd dad attempts — configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Defaults Command Modes Command History loopback (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 Loopback interfaces. port-channel (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 port channels. tengigabitethernet (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 tengigabitethernet interface. fortyGigE (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 fortygigabitethernet interface. stack-unit id (OPTIONAL) View information for stacking. tunnel tunnel-id (OPTIONAL) View information for a tunnel interface.
IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e Global Unicast address(es): 100::2, subnet is 100::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:2 ff02::1:ffa7:497e ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 39610 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 mi
Example (tunnel) Dell# show ipv6 interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e Global Unicast address(es): 400::1, subnet is 400::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:1 ff02::1:ffa7:497e ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 20410 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds
Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared. Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent.
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, routes corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Defaults Command Modes Command History hostname (OPTIONAL) View information for this IPv6 routes with Host Name. all (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 routes. bgp (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 BGP routes. connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes. isis (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 IS-IS routes. list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list.
Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
C C S L Dell# Example (Summary) ----------------------------------------------------100::/64 [0/0] Direct, Te 1/12/1, 20:00:18 400::/64 [0/0] Direct, Tu 1, 00:09:02 800::/64 [1/0] via 100::1, Te 1/12/1, 00:00:50 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 20:00:18 show ipv6 route summary: ====================================== Dell# show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes connected 3 static 1 Total 4 Total 4 active route(s) using 928 bytes Dell# Non-active Routes 0 0 0 trust ipv6-diffserv Allows the dynami
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you configure trust IPv6 diffserv, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command. Trust diffserv (IPv4) can co-exist with trust ipv6-diffserv in an Input Policy Map.
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S4048–ON system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information You can configure iSCSI TLVs to send either globally or on a specified interface. The interface configuration takes priority over global configuration. iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command.
To disable the QoS policy, use the no iscsi cos command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to allow the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI traffic so that the iSCSI packets are scheduled in the switch with a dot1p priority 4 regardless of the VLAN priority tag in the packet. The default is: the iSCSI packets are handled with dotp1 priority 4 without remark. disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI frames.
iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcpport-n is the TCP port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests. Separate port numbers with a comma. The default is 860, 3260. ip-address (Optional) Enter the ip-address that the iSCSI monitors. The ip-address specifies the IP address of the iSCSI target. Defaults 860, 3260 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • show iscsi — display the currently configured iSCSI settings. • show iscsi session — display detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch.
30 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
• graceful-restart restart-wait • graceful-restart t1 • graceful-restart t2 • graceful-restart t3 • hello padding • hostname dynamic • ignore-lsp-errors • ip router isis • ipv6 router isis • isis circuit-type • isis csnp-interval • isis hello-interval • isis hello-multiplier • isis hello padding • isis ipv6 metric • isis metric • isis network point-to-point • isis password • isis priority • is-type • log-adjacency-changes • lsp-gen-interval • lsp-mtu • lsp-refr
• show isis traffic • spf-interval adjacency-check Verify that the “protocols supported” field of the IS-IS neighbor contains matching values to this router. Syntax adjacency-check To disable adjacency check, use the no adjacency-check command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled. • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa). Syntax advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1} prefix-listname To return to the default, use the no advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1}[prefix-list-name] command. Parameters Defaults level1-into-level2 Enter the keywords level1-into-level2 to advertise Level 1 routes into Level 2 LSPs. This setting is the default.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot disable leaking from Level 1 to Level 2. Also, you cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1. However, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all Level 1 routes are leaked. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers, use the area-password command on routers within an area. The configured password injects into Level 1 LSPs, CSNPs, and PSNPs.
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. Syntax Parameters clear isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] {* | database | traffic} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured.
Related Commands • hostname dynamic — enable dynamic learning of host names from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the host names in LSPs. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies. Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] adj-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name]adj-packets [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF. This command displays the IIH related debug details.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf—name] updates [interface] command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to have the default route always advertised. metric metric (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 0 to 16777215. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) A default route the routing process generates if the route map is satisfied. Not configured. • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • redistribute — redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. description Enter a description of the IS-IS routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
Usage Information The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative distance indicates a high trust rate. A high value indicates a lower trust rate. For example, a weight of 255 is interpreted that the routing information source is not trustworthy and should be ignored. distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. • distribute-list out — suppress networks from being advertised in updates.
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
• Command History CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • graceful-restart t3 — configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used. Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS hellos are padded to the full maximum transmission unit (MTU) size.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To build name-to-systemID mapping tables through the protocol, use this command. All show commands that display systems also display the hostname. Related Commands • clns host — define a name-to-NSAP mapping. ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command.
ip router isis Configure IS-IS routing processes on an interface and attach an area tag name to the routing process. Syntax ip router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS on an interface, use the no ip router isis [tag] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) The tag you specify identifies a specific area routing process. If you do not specify a tag, a null tag is assigned. Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• router isis — enable the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process. Syntax ipv6 router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters tag Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History s (OPTIONAL) This parameter is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time. Related Commands • net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. • is-type — assign a type for a given area. isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Because the default establishes Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies, you do not need to configure this command. Routers in an IS-IS system must be configured as a Level 1only, Level 1-2, or Level 2-only system.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The default values of this command are typically satisfactory transmission times for a specific interface on a designated intermediate system. To maintain database synchronization, the designated routers send CSNPs.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. To conserve bandwidth and CPU usage, use a high hello interval seconds.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces.
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to configure the SPF calculation for Level 2 (inter-area) routing. Defaults default-metric = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. NOTE: The appropriate interface circuit is brought down and removed. Defaults 1497 bytes. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds. This value must be 300 seconds less than the value specified in the max-lsp-lifetime command. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 900. Defaults 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
maximum-paths Allows you to configure the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed in a routing table. NOTE: Enables you to configure a single system wide value that is common for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 4.
metric-style To generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV), configure a router. Syntax metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters narrow Allows you to generate and accept old-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 63.
Usage Information If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs. When wide transition is configured, narrow metric is sent for the narrow metric TLV and the actual wide metric is sent in wide metric TLV. The receiver can choose to use the metric that is requires.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address.
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in the IS-IS updates sent using other interfaces. redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
route-map mapname Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) If you do not enter the route-map argument, all routes are redistributed. If a map-name value is not specified, no routes are imported. • metric metric-value = 0 • metric-type= internal; level-2 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow or Transition mode and the metric value in the redistribute command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute command is advertised.
If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported. Defaults Command Modes Command History IS-IS Level 2 routes only • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [routemap map-name] command.
Defaults Command Modes Command History See Parameters. • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process on that VRF. tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified. The tag name must be unique for all IP router processes for a given router. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
set-overload-bit To set the overload bit in zeroth fragment of non-pseudonode LSPs on the router, configure the router. This setting prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Not set. • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
show config Display the changes you made to the IS-IS configuration. Default values are not shown. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example (RouterIsis) show config • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Example (Address- The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Family_IPv6) Dell(conf-router_isis-af_ipv6)# show conf ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.
Example Field Description LSP Checksum This is the checksum of the entire LSP packet. LSP Holdtime This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that the LSP remains valid. A zero holdtime indicates that this is a purged LSP and is being removed from the link state database. A value between brackets indicates the duration that the purged LSP stays in the database before being removed. ATT This value represents the Attach bit.
Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.3.3.0 255.255.255.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
interface Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
Next IS-IS LAN Level-2 Hello in 1 seconds LSP Interval: 33 TenGigabitEthernet 1/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.0000 Hold Time: 28 Link Local Address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:492c Topology: IPv4 IPv6 , Common (IPv4 IPv6 ) Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information.
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. Dell# show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of PSNP LPSs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran. Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
Defaults Command Modes Command History level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-2 to apply the configuration to Level-2 SPF calculations. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 10 seconds. initial_wait_interv al seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
network convergence, not throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of route calculations until the topology regains its stability. The first route calculation is controlled by the initial wait interval and the second calculation is controlled by the second wait interval.
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
pdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pdu to debug the LACP Protocol Data Unit information. interface-type in | out (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp longtimeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority. Syntax lacp port-priority priority-value To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768.
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
show lacp Display the LACP matrix. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters.
Example (PortChannel-Number) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show lacp 1 Port-channel 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp Actor System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
32 Layer 2 This section describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically. Syntax Parameters clear mac-address-table {dynamic | sticky }{address mac-address | all | interface interface | vlan vlan-id} dynamic Enter the keyword dynamic to specify dynamically-learned MAC addresses.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.
output-range interface vlan vlan-id • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Unicast) mac-address-table static 00:01:00:00:00:01 {output Te 1/2 vlan 2} Example (Multicast) mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2, Te 1/3} Related Commands • show mac-address-table — display the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move threshold Change the frequency with which the MAC address station-move trap is sent after a MAC address changes in a VLAN.
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. Syntax mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp To disable the ARP refresh feature, use the no mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-moveviolation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added the station-move option. 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG. Usage Information This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If you do not specify the vlan option, the MAC address counters are not VLAN-based.
mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation. Syntax mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limitviolation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation.
Related Commands • show mac learning-limit — display details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port. Syntax mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface.
mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation. Syntax mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdown-offending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-moveviolation command, then the configured keyword. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands • show mac learning-limit — display details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
show cam mac linecard (count) Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Syntax Parameters show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface] linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Syntax Parameters Command Modes show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe [address mac_addr | dynamic | interface interface | static | vlan vlan-id] linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table. Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlan-id] [aging-time] [dynamic | static] [count [vlan vlanid] [interface interface-type [slot [/port[/subport]]]]] address macaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Example Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive).
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
show mac accounting destination Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only). Syntax Parameters show mac accounting destination [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [interface interface [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [vlan vlan-id]] [vlan vlan-id] mac-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
NOTE: Currently, the Force10 MONITOR MIB does not return the MAC addresses in an increasing order using SNMP. As a workaround, you can use the -C c option in snmpwalk or snmpbulkwalk to access the Force10 MONITOR MIB. For example: % snmpwalk -C c -v 2c -c public 133.33.33.131 enterprise.6027.3.3.
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
NOTE: For more information, refer to VLAN Stacking and VLAN-related commands, such as portmode hybrid in the Interfaces chapter. default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults Default VLAN is VLAN 1.
The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Related Commands • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
name Assign a name to the VLAN. Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and S-Series and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show vlan command shown in the following example.
Column Heading Description • Example Fo = forty-gigabit Ethernet Dell# show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, P - Primary, C Community, I - Isolated Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged, O - Openflow x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Te 1/1) T Po20(Te 1/6), Te 1/25 T Te 1/7 3 Active T Po20(
Dell# show vlan id 42 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 Dell# Status Description Q Ports Active U Te 1/47 Example (Brief) Dell# show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs, while untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN at a time. Related Commands • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. • untagged — specify which interfaces in a VLAN are untagged. track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The Dell Networking operating software supports far-end failure detection (FEFD) on the Ethernet interfaces of the S4048–ON platform. The FEFD feature detects and reports far-end link failures. • FEFD is not supported on the Management interface. • During an RPM failover, FEFD is operationally disabled for approximately 8 to 10 seconds. • By default, FEFD is disabled. debug fefd Enable debugging of FEFD.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection on an interface. • fefd reset — enable FEFD globally on the system.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information FEFD disable command on the interface prevents the interface from running FEFD when FEFD is enabled globally.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information You can set up the interval between control packets using the fefd interval command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command.
Version Description Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enable FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system. Syntax fefd-global [interval seconds][mode {normal | aggressive}] To disable FEFD globally, use the no fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] command. Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command.
Te 5/3 Te 5/4 Te 5/5 Te 5/6 Te 5/7 Te 5/8 Te 5/9 Te 5/10 Te 5/11 Dell# Related Commands Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 NA 10 Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disable FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global — enable FEFD globally on the system.
33 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
Parameters port-protocolvlan-id Enter the keywords port-protocol-vlan-id to advertise the port protocol VLAN identification TLV. port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and S-Series. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
advertise dot3-tlv Advertise dot3 TLVs (Type, Length, Value). Syntax advertise dot3-tlv {max-frame-size} To remove advertised dot3-tlv, use the no advertise dot3-tlv {max-framesize} command. Parameters max-frame-size Enter the keywords max-frame-size to advertise the dot3 maximum frame size TLV. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command. Parameters managementaddress Enter the keyword management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the LLDP peer.
Usage Information The command options management-address,system-capabilities, systemdescription, and system-name can be invoked individually or together, in any sequence. advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface.
clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL)Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp [interface {interface | all} {events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}}] command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface.
mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
multiplier Set the multiple of the hello timer before LLDP declares the interface dead. Syntax multiplier number To return to the default, use the no multiplier command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. Syntax [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
show lldp neighbors Display LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specified interface. Syntax Parameters show lldp neighbors [interface interface] [detail] interface interface detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
Example Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 Dell# show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
• LLDP-MED Network Connectivity Device — any device that provides access to an IEEE 802 LAN to an LLDP-MED endpoint device, and supports IEEE 802.1AB (LLDP) and TIA-1057 (LLDP-MED). The Dell Networking system is an LLDP-MED network connectivity device.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. Defaults Unconfigured.
advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system. Syntax advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — de bug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
34 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
interface option with the mac-address-table static command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for association of an IP address with multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded. NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols. output interface output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output then one of the following interfaces for which traffic is forwarded: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
Example (Multicast) Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for multicast MAC address on the MXL platform. mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2,Te 1/3 ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
35 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the S4048–ON platform.
clear ip msdp peer Reset the TCP connection to the peer and clear all the peer statistics. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp peer {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp statistic peer peer-address peer Enter the keyword peer to clear the MSDP peer entries. peer-address Enter the IP address of the MSDP peer. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache.
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM.
ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cacherejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name] To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer.
Usage Information If a list is not specified, all SA messages received from the default peer are accepted. You can enter multiple default peer commands. ip msdp log-adjacency-changes Enable logging of MSDP adjacency changes. Syntax ip msdp log-adjacency-changes To disable logging, use the no ip msdp log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the meshgroup. However, member X cannot forward the SA message to other members of the mesh-group. ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer.
sa-limit number (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SAcache. The range is from 1 to 100000. . Defaults See Parameters . Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache. SAs which the ACL denies time out and are not refreshed. Until they time out, they continue to reside in the MSDP SA cache. Syntax Parameters ip msdp redistribute [list acl-name] list acl-name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 500000. Defaults 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking). If the total number of SA messages is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages that are already in Dell Networking OS continue to be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache command. Related Commands • ip msdp peer — configure the MSDP peer. • clear ip msdp peer — clear the MSDP peer. • show ip msdp — display the MSDP information.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show ip msdp {peer peer address | sa-cache | summary} peer peer address Enter the keyword peer then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Not configured.
Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.2(639) Connect Source: none State: Established Up/Down Time: 00:00:08 Timers: KeepAlive 60 sec, Hold time 75 sec SourceActive packet count (in/out): 0/0 SAs learned from this peer: 0 SA Filtering: Input (S,G) filter: none Output (S,G) filter: none Dell# Example (Sacache) Dell# show ip msdp sa-cache MSDP Source-Active Cache - 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 224.1.1.1 172.21.220.10 172.21.3.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell# show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa MSDP Rejected SA Cache 200 rejected SAs UpTime GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 00:00:13 225.1.2.1 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S4048–ON platform.
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units (BPDU). (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface keyword along with the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/port options are the following: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
Example Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# debug spanning-tree mstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/1 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) disable Globally disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the switch. Syntax disable To enable MSTP, enter the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • protocol spanning-tree mstp — enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State.
Related Commands Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • max-age — change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. • hello-time — change the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. • max-age — change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. • hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands • msti — map the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. • name — assign the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.
max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree mst configuration • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) loopback BPDU inconsistency causes. Usage Information Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol prior to using this command. Example Dell# show spanning-tree msti 10 MSTI 10 VLANs mapped 101-105 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e802.
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ---------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e801.6aa8 128.257 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge Boundary ---------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 ErrDis 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 P2P No No Dell# show spanning-tree msti 0 MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface. Syntax spanning-tree To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanningtree command. Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Information By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
37 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on all S4048–ON platform. IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword snooping on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device. mask Enter the mask in slash prefix formation ( /x ) or in dotted decimal format. null 0 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword null then zero (0). [protocol [process-id | tag] ip-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the routing protocols: • Enter the BGP as-number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding (RPF) neighbor. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Related Commands • show ip mroute — display the routing table. ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000.
any software-configured limit. The opposite is also true, the CAM partition might not be exhausted at the time the system-wide route limit set by the ip multicast-limit command is reached. Related Commands • show ip igmp groups — display the IGMP groups. ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. Syntax ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name] To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing [vrf vrfname] command. Defaults Parameters Disabled.
Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands • ip pim sparse-mode — enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
multicast group and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed for a specified multicast source. Enter the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:04:16 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/11 TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:03:17 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/11 TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 TenGigabitEthernet 4/20 Example (VLT) Dell# show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.
Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 3/12 TenGigabitEthernet 3/13 (*, 224.20.20.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 3/4 show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip rpf • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
NOTE: The default distance of mroutes is zero (0) and is CLI configurable on a per route basis. Example Dell# show ip rpf RPF information for 10.10.10.9 RPF interface: Te 3/4 RPF neighbor: 165.87.31.4 RPF route/mask: 10.10.10.9/255.255.255.
38 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
clear ipv6 neighbors Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache or neighbors of a specific interface. Static entries are not removed using this command. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 neighbors [vrf vrf-name] [ipv6-address | interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the neighbor corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the neighbors in the default VRF are cleared.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery.
hardware_address • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. Enter a 48-bit hardware MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ipv6 neighbors Display IPv6 discovery information. Entering the command without options shows all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP). Syntax Parameters show ipv6 neighbors [vrf vrf-name] [ipv6-address| interface interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display the neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
To configure the IPv6 RA guard, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. debug ipv6 nd ra-guard Enable debugging for IPv6 RA guard snooping information. Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 nd ra-guard [interface_type slot/port | count value] interface_type slot/port count value Enter the one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
Parameters host Enter the keyword host to set the device-role as host. router Enter the keyword router to set the device-role as router. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands.
Related Commands • show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra-guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag.
• ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. match ra Enable verifying either of the configured source IPv6 address or prefix address or the source MAC address in the inspected messages. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed.
mtu Enable the verification of the configured maximum transmission unit (MTU) value in the received RA packets. Syntax mtu value To reset the MTU value, use the no mtu value command. Parameters value Enter the maximum transmission unit value in bytes. The range is from 1,280 to 11,982 bytes. Defaults 0 Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
off Enter the keyword off to set the other-config flag value as OFF. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. router-lifetime Set the router lifetime. Syntax Parameters router—lifetime value value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
medium Enter the keyword medium to set the DRP value as medium. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)#show config ! ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test device-role router hop-limit maximum 251 mtu 1350 other-config-flag on reachable-time 540 retrans-timer 101 router-preference maximum medium trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands.
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Introduced on the S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches.
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
39 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.12.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
Parameters text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell# show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.
show track Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. Syntax Parameters show track [object-id [brief] | interface [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | ip route [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | resolution | vrf vrf-name [brief] | brief] object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. The range is 1 to 500.
Example Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type slot/port, IP route ip-address, IPv6 route ipv6address Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is being tracked. object is Up/ Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route.
Example (Brief) Related Commands Output Description Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object. Dell> ResId 1 2 3 show track brief Resource Parameter State LastChange IP route reachability 10.16.0.0/16 Up 00:01:08 Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Down 00:05:00 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Up 01:10:05 • show running-config track – display configuration information about tracked objects.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to configure the UP and/or DOWN threshold for the scaled metric of a tracked IPv4 or IPv6 route.
track interface ip routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. Syntax track object-id interface interface ip routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Related Commands • The status of the IPv4 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address. • The Layer 3 status of an IPv4 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table. • show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface by monitoring its operational status (UP or DOWN). When the link-level status goes down, the tracked object status is considered to be DOWN; if the link-level status is up, the tracked object status is considered to be UP.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, S6000, S5000, Z9000, Z9500, IOA, and MXL. track ip route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track object-id ip route ip-address/prefix-len metric threshold [vrf vrf-name] To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500.
as a tracked route, 10.0.0.0/24 does not match the routing table entry 10.0.0.0/8. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv4 address and prefix length, the status of the tracked route is considered to be DOWN. When you configure the threshold of an IPv4 route metric as a tracked object, the UP/ DOWN state of the tracked route is also determined by the current metric for the route in the routing table.
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
track resolution ip route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. isis resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
Related Commands • For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1592, where the default is 1. • The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes. • The resolution value used to map RIP routes is not configurable. The RIP hopcount is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it. For example, a RIP metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show track ipv6 route command shown in the Example below. Example Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object.
Usage Command Example (Brief) The following describes the show track ipv6 route brief command shown in the Example below. Ouput Description ResID Number of the tracked object. Resource Type of tracked object. Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object. State Up or Down state of the tracked object. Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
threshold is 255. The notification of a change in the state of a tracked object is sent when a metric value crosses a configured threshold. Related Commands • show track ipv6 route – display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. • threshold metric – configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route.
A tracked route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 3333:100:200:300:400::/80 does not match routing table entry 3333:100:200:300::/64. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv6 address and prefix length, the tracked route is considered to be DOWN.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to configure the protocol-specific resolution value that converts the actual metric of an IPv6 route in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
40 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
To return default values, use the no area area-id default-cost command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. cost Specifies the stub area’s advertised external route metric. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
area nssa Specify an area as a not so stubby area (NSSA). S4048–ON Syntax area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [noredistribution] [no-summary] To delete an NSSA, use the no area area-id nssa command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command does not distribute routes into the NSSA. Only use this command in an NSSA area border router (ABR).
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR). S4048–ON Syntax area area-id range ip-address mask [not-advertise] To disable route summarization, use the no area area-id range ip-address mask command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
neighbor routerid • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword neighbor then the neighbor’s router-id in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. S4048–ON Syntax debug ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] [bfd |event | packet | spf | database-timer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below.
Example Field Description keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
Related Commands • redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. S4048–ON Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled.
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. S4048–ON Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. S4048–ON Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask accesslist-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. S4048–ON Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip to specify that RIP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series.
Usage Information The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time.
NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This behavior impacts CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies. Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements. Higher convergence levels should only be selected following consultation with Dell Networking technical support.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The Helper mode is enabled by default on the device. To enable the restart mode also on the device, you must configure the grace period using this command. After you enable restart mode the router advertises the neighbor as fully adjacent during a restart.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Added Restart and Helper roles support on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. S4048–ON Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. S4048–ON Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost.
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If this command is not configured, cost is based on the auto-cost command. When you configure OSPF over multiple vendors, to ensure that all routers use the same cost, use the ip ospf cost command. Otherwise, OSPF routes improperly. Related Commands • auto-cost — control how the OSPF interface cost is calculated. ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval. Related Commands • ip ospf hello-interval — set the time interval between the hello packets. ip ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands • ip ospf dead-interval — set the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface.
Version Description 9.1(0.0) Included usage information on maximum number of digest keys per interface. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a designated router or backup designated router.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passiveinterface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive. You can then configure individual interfaces, where adjacencies are desired, using the no passive-interface interface command. The no form of this command is inserted into the configuration for individual interfaces when the no passive-interface interface command is issued while passive-interface default is configured.
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. S4048–ON Syntax redistribute {connected | isis | ospf | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then the metric-value number. The range is from 0 to16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map.
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. S4048–ON Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Line Beginning Description with “Number of...” Example Related Commands Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID. Dell# show ip ospf 10 Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 1.1.1.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements.
show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Example Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Example Field Description Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router.
Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] database network [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Example Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age.
Network Mask: Attached Attached Attached /24 Router: 20.20.20.8 Router: 20.20.20.9 Router: 20.20.20.7 Network (Area 0.0.0.1) LS age: 252 Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view opaque-area LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs.
show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-as [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-link [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.
• adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router followed by the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Item Description • Example E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Displays the link state sequence number. This number detects duplicate or old LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA.
Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.141.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.141.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.140.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.140.
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Example Item Description LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Displays the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area.
Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Dell> show ip ospf int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.1.2/30, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.2 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.1, Interface address 192.168.1.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show information corresponding to the OSPF neighbors that are tied to a specific VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.1 Dell# Pri State Dead Time Address 1 FULL/DR 00:00:32 182.10.10.3 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 192.10.10.2 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Interface Area Te 1/1 0.0.0.2 Te 1/2 0.0.0.1 Te 1/3 0.0.0.1 show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] routes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. global Enter the keyword global to display the packet counts received on all running OSPF interfaces and packet counts OSPF neighbors receive and transmit.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Displays the total number of packets the OSPF process receives/ transmits.
Example Error Type Description Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header. Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state. Auth-Error Simple authentication error.
Usage Information The show ip ospf process-id statistics command displays the error packet count received on each interface as: • The hello-timer remaining value for each interface • The wait-timer remaining value for each interface • The grace-timer remaining value for each interface • The packet count received and transmitted for each neighbor • Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor • Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor • The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neig
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. not-advertise (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords not-advertise to suppress that match the network prefix/mask pair. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a value to match on routes redistributed through a route map.
but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands • area range — summarize routes within an area. timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. S4048–ON Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted).
If you have enabled IPsec encryption in an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command, you cannot use the area authentication command in the area at the same time. The configuration of IPsec authentication on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area authentication policy that has been configured is applied to the interface.
Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in encryption. The required lengths of a non-encrypted or encrypted key are: 3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AES-CBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and keys) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. When you configure encryption for an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command, you enable both IPsec encryption and authentication.
Defaults 100 megabits per second. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. Usage Information The following section describes the command fields. Example Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets. Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf {packet | events} [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
05:20:25 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:4(LS Update), Len:580, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Vl 1000 07:21:40 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Chksum:af8f, Inst:0, from Te 1/6 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: route-map mapname • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace-period. Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process. The range is from 40 to 1800 seconds. Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions in a helper-only role. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart mode {planned-only | unplanned-only} To disable graceful restart mode, enter no graceful-restart mode. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only.
RPM is removed, or a power failure happens. During an unplanned restart, OSPF sends out a Grace LSA when the backup RPM comes online. By default, both planned and unplanned restarts trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart. Selecting one or the other mode restricts OSPFv3 to the single selected mode. ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command.
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — passive system does not initiate a session.
Parameters interface-cost Enter a unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Default cost based on the bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down. Syntax ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. Defaults 40 seconds (Ethernet).
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryptionalgorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject. Defaults The helper-reject role is not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration. Syntax ipv6 router ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] To exit OSPF for IPv6, use the no ipv6 router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled. If you disable the sending of routing updates on an interface, the particular address prefix continues to be advertised to other interfaces, and updates from other routers on that interface continue to be received and processed.
The default is 20. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 for a type 1 external route • 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
Related Commands • default-information originate – configure default external route into OSPFv3. router-id Designate a fixed router ID. Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. Defaults The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router.
If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID. Related Commands • clear ipv6 ospf process – reset an OSPFv3 router process. show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Related Commands show crypto ipsec sa ipv6– displays the IPsec security associations used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
Field Description Inbound ESP Cipher Key and Outbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP encryption key for inbound and outbound links. Transform set The set of security protocols and algorithms used in the policy. Inbound AH SPI and Outbound AH SPI The authentication header (AH) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Inbound AH Key and Outbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface.
vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to view a summary of database LSA information. grace-lsa (OPTIONAL): Enter the keywords grace-lsa to display the Type-11 Grace LSAs sent and received on an OSPFv3 router.
Link State ID : 6.16.192.66 Advertising Router : 100.1.1.1 LS Seq Number : 0x80000001 Checksum : 0x1DF1 Length : 36 Associated Interface : Te 1/3 Restart Interval : 180 Restart Reason : Switch to Redundant Processor Example (databasesummary) Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers.
interface Defaults None Command Modes EXEC (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. S4048–ON Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters Defaults delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds.
41 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking OS.
Defaults None Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Parameters redirect-list-name Enter the name of a redirect list. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Parameters ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: • icmp for internet control message protocol • ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id.
• lt= less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command parameter.) source port Enter the keywords source-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule destination-port Enter the keywords destination-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. source-portrange Enter the keywords Source-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule.
Parameters interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the name of the interface. stack–unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit then the slot number. port-set number Enter the keywords port-set then the port-pipe number. summary Enter the keyword summary to view only the total number of CAM entries. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example redirect-list-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
42 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted.
group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets. Enter one of the optional parameters: • in: to view incoming packets • out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes.
ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-candidate [vrf vrfname] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on a VRF.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series on port-channels and the S-Series. Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)# exit Dell(conf)# int tengig 1/1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
priority • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable expiry timer for all sources on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a previously configured Extended ACL to enable the expiry time to specified S,G entries. Defaults Disabled.
ip pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. Syntax Parameters ip pim [vrf vrf-name] ssm-range {access_list_name} vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to specify the SSM group range for that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access_list_name Enter the name of the access list.
then used in the ip pim ssm-range {access list name} configuration, an error is reported. However, if you configure ip pim ssm-range {access list name} first and then you configure the ACL as an Extended ACL, an error is not reported and the ACL is not applied to the SSM range. Dell Networking OS-recommended best-practices are to configure the standard ACL, and then apply the ACL to the SSM range.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information By default, when you enable PIM-SM snooping, a switch floods all multicast traffic to the PIM designated router (DR), including unnecessary multicast packets. To minimize the traffic sent over the network to the designated router, you can disable designated-router flooding.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell# show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim interface command shown in the following example.
165.87.31.200 165.87.31.201 Dell# Vl 30 v2/S 1 30 1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Parameters Command Modes Command History vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.
show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip pim snooping neighbor [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific.
Field Example Description • 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) • DR = Designated Router • S = Sparse mode Dell# show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver Address 165.87.32.2 Vl 2 [Te 1/13 ] 00:04:03/00:01:42 v2 165.87.32.10 Vl 2 [Te 1/11 ] 00:00:46/00:01:29 v2 165.87.32.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim snooping tib commands shown in the following example. Example Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the PIM multicast snooping database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM multicast route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database.
165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 RPF 165.87.32.2 00:00:01/00:02:59 TenGigabitEthernet 2/13 Upstream Port -/Dell# show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225.1.2.1 165.87.1.7 PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:08, expires 00:02:52, flags: j Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Group Address / MaskLen show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation.
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). S4048–ON Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group-address [source-address]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Example Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (*, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:40:15, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.
43 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description regarding this session (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.
Parameters Defaults queue-id Enter the QoS multicast queue ID. The range is from 0 to 9. queue-id: 0 Enable status: Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Example Dell(conf)#monitor multicast-queue 7 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
rpm Creates a remote port monitoring (rpm) session. erpm Creates an encapsulated remote port monitoring (erpm) session. set ip dscp Configures the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value of the packets in the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command. dscp_value DSCP value of the packets in the ERSPAN traffic. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value is 0.
Example Related Command Dell# show monitor session SessID Source Destination IP DSCP TTL ------ -------------------------- --0 Te 1/12 remote-ip 7.1.1.2 0 255 0 Po 1 remote-ip 7.1.1.2 0 255 1 Vl 11 remote-ip 3.1.1.2 0 255 Dir Mode Source IP --- ---- --------- rx Flow 1.1.1.1 tx Flow 1.1.1.1 rx Flow 5.1.1.1 Dest • show monitor session — displays the monitor session. • show running-config monitor session — displays the running configuration of a monitor session.
show config Display the current monitor session configuration. Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
show monitor session Display information about monitoring sessions. Syntax show monitor session {session-ID} To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Commands Dell# show monitor session 1 SessID Source Destination Dir Mode Source IP ------ ------ ----------- --- ---- --------1 Te 1/2 remote-ip rx Port 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 Dell# show monitor session SessID Source Destination Dir Mode Source IP ------ ------ ----------- --- ---- --------1 Te 1/2 remote-ip rx Port 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 99 NONE NONE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Dell# • monitor session — creates a monitoring session. • rate-limit — configures the rate-limit.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. range Enter the keyword range to specify the list of interfaces. any Enter the keyword any to specify all interfaces. NOTE: This option is applicable only with drop monitor session. destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} Enter the keyword destination to specify the destination interface. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the any parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.
44 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking OS is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
• Isolated port — an isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port — a promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. • Trunk port — a trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: • A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. • A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. S4048 Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no privatevlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax. Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input.
Related Commands • Specified with this command even before they have been created. • Amended by specifying the new secondary VLAN to be added to the list. • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. • switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The assignment of the various PVLAN port types to port and port channel (LAG) interfaces is shown in the following example.
45 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST +) The Dell Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S4048 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE PVST+ (The prompt is “config-pvst”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. S4048 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands • disable — disables PVST+. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ---------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.426 Te 1/1 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.427 Te 1/16 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.146 Te 1/17 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.147 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Root 128.
Example (EDS/LBK) Dell# show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 of VLAN 2 is LBK_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ----------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
• Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800. • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128. loopguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface. rootguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface.
NOTE: A port configured as an edge port, on a PVST switch, immediately transitions to the forwarding state. Only ports connected to end-hosts should be configured as an edge port. Consider an edge port similar to a port with a spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the route process module (RPM) CPU. You cannot enable root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port.
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. S4048 Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. S4048 Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
vlan bridge-priority Set the PVST+ bridge-priority for a VLAN or a set of VLANs. S4048 Syntax vlan vlan-range bridge-priority value To return to the default value, use the no vlan bridge-priority command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority value Enter the keywords bridge-priority then the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. The range is from 0 to 61440. The default is 32768.
Related Commands • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state. • vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced.
information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
46 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking products. platform. Topics: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands • DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID to police traffic to those specific VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Granularity for commited-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
rate-shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters rate shape [kbps] rate [burst-KB] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Enter the value in multiples of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). rate The range is from 10 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 0 to 10000. The default is 50.
Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. NOTE: When packets of size greater than 7000 bytes are expected to be received from the network, Dell Networking recommends that you configure the burst value to be more than 175 KB if you configured the rate shape.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To apply dot1p-queue-mapping, use the service-class dynamic dot1p command. Related Commands • show qos dot1p-queue-mapping — displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
strict-priority queue Configure a unicast queue as a strict-priority (SP) queue. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters strict-priority queue unicast number unicast number Enter the keyword unicast then the queue number. The range is from 1 to 3. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps. These maps classify data traffic into one of eight classes . Dell Networking OS enables you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria. Policy-based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces, such as port-channels, VLANS, or loopbacks. bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100%, the bandwidth percentage automatically scales down to 100%. Related Commands • qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. class-map Create/access a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality-of-service policies to each class.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
clear qos statistics Clear qos statistics clears statistics from show qos statistics. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History clear qos statistics interface-name interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Related Commands • show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. S4048–ON Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum).
• qos-policy-output — creates an output QoS-policy on the router. • wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). NOTE: IPv6 class-maps and IP-any class-maps do not match. This condition is true for IPv6 and IP-any class-maps on both ACLs as well as VLANs.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. S4048–ON Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [set-ipdscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ipany} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast . Added support for the DSCP Marking option for the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command Modes CONF-CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VRF ID . Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID.
Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (output) applied on an interface. S4048–ON Syntax policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use the no policy-aggregate qospolicy-name command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. If the rate shape exists in both aggregate and per-queue qos-policy, minimum of 2 take effect. Some of all Queue-rate will not exceed aggregate. Related Commands • policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2. 6.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
cpu-qos (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu-qos keyword to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. S4048–ON Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qospolicy-name command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
defined. This command enables the qos-policy-output configuration mode—(confqos-policy-out). Related Commands • bandwidth-percentage — assigns percentage of bandwidth to the class/queue. • wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence. queue egress Assign a WRED Curve to all eight egress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast bandwidth queue.
Version Description 8.3.8.10 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for multicast-bandwidth. 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED curve is applied to all eight egress Multicast queues. Important Points to Remember — Multicast-Bandwidth Option • A unique multicast weighted fair queuing (WFQ) setting can be applied only on a per port-pipe basis.
Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.
peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. The default is the same as designated for committed-rate. Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committed-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters rate-shape [kbps | pps] peak-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] commited [kbps | pps] commited-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps). kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured.You must configure the peak rate and peak burst size using the same value: kilobits or packets per second. Similarly, you must configure the committed rate and committed burst size with the same measurement.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. S4048–ON Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qospolicy-name] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [classmap class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the S6000 and four queues on the S-Series. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added mac-dot1p on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added support for mac-dot1p. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos class-map Class-map match-any CM Match ip access-group ACL Dell# Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information trust dot1p, do1p-priority, service-class dynamic dot1; all these features work over the mapping in this command output. Related Commands • service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail} 9.8(0.
• Command History Example (IPv4) EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Example (Summary Dell#sho qos policy-map summary IPv4) Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1 PM1 Te 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qos-policy-input qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
wred-profile interface interface Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Example Version Description 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name. stack-unitnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1.
Estimated CAM output column contains the size of the CAM space required for the Trust rule and not the Class-map rule. The following describes the test cam-usage service-policy input policymap stack-unit command shown in the following example. Field Description stack-unit Indicates the stack-unit slot number. Portpipe Indicates the portpipe number. CAM Partition The CAM space where the rules are added. Available CAM Indicates the free CAM space, in the partition, for the classification rules.
13 1 Allowed (2) Dell# … … L2ACL 400 200 threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. S4048–ON Syntax threshold min number max number max-drop-drop To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile.
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the minimum and maximum threshold values for user-defined profiles, use this command. Additionally, to modify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the pre-defined WRED profiles, use this command. If you delete the threshold values of the pre-defined WRED profiles, the profiles revert to their original default values. Table 2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedence S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding) Flash Override 4 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five predefined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults The five pre-defined WRED profiles. When you configure a new profile, the minimum and maximum threshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values. If green profile is applied, default yellow also take effect and vice-versa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
Version Description 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence). The default setting for each DSCP value (0-63) is green (low drop precedence). This command allows setting the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information A color map outlines the codepoint mappings to the appropriate color mapping (green, yellow, red) for the traffic.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence).
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Display summary information about a color policy on one or more interfaces. Dell# show qos dscp-color-policy summary Interface TE 1/10 TE 1/11 dscp-color-map mapONE mapTWO Display summary information about a color policy on a specific interface.
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Display all DSCP color maps. Dell# show qos dscp-color-map Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Display a specific DSCP color map.
47 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes. This command applies only to RIP version 2. Syntax auto-summary To send sub-prefix routing information, use the no auto-summary command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. S4048–ON Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. S4048–ON Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
mask If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x). prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name. Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Related Commands • ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. S4048–ON Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | isis |ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.
Defaults RIPv1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. S4048–ON Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. S4048–ON Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed. static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed. Defaults Not configured.
Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands • default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
210.250.40.0/24 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 Dell# auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration.
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/1 neighbor 20.20.20.20 redistribute ospf 999 version 2 Dell# timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. S4048–ON Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command.
Defaults • update = 30 seconds • invalid = 180 seconds • holddown = 180 seconds • flush = 240 seconds Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. Defaults The Dell Networking OS sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON.
48 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking OS remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S4048–ON platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
rmon alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. S4048–ON Syntax rmon alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} risingthreshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3.
owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm. This is the alarmOwner object in the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. Defaults owner Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics. The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON history table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics.
rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. S4048–ON Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. S4048–ON Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number command. Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format. The range is from 1 to 65535. You must ensure that the value you enter is unique in the RMON event table. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON event log.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object.
rising-threshold value eventnumber Enter the keywords rising-threshold then the value (64 bit) the rising-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmRisingEventIndex or alarmTable of the RMON MIB. If there is no corresponding rising-threshold event, the value is zero.
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. S4048–ON Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters show rmon alarms [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. rising threshold: 1, RMON event index: 1 falling threshold: 501, RMON event index: 501 alarm owner: 1 alarm status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon alarm br index SNMP OID -------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 6 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 7 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 8 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 9 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 10 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 11 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Index) Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
description: event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP. event community: public event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon event brief index description -----------------------------1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 Dell# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
bucket granted: 1 sampling interval: 5 sec owner: 1 status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon history brief index ifIndex interface --------------------------------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 9001 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/2 9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/2 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
Command History Example (Index) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ---------------------------------------6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 T
49 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.
• For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID. Optionally, enter an in or out parameter with the optional interface: events • For Receive, enter in. • For Transmit, enter out. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug RSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
Usage Information The hello time is encoded in BPDUs in increments of 1/256ths of a second. The standard minimum hello time in seconds is 1 second, which is encoded as 256. Millisecond hello times are encoded using values less than 256; the millisecond hello time equals (x/1000)*256. When you configure millisecond hellos, the default hello interval of 2 seconds is still used for edge ports; the millisecond hello interval is not used.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. • hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)# no disable • disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
Example Dell(conf-rstp)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state.
Version Description 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example. Example (Brief) Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance.
Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge --- ------ -------- ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---Te 1/1 ErrDis 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 P2P No Dell# show spanning-tree rstp Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 0 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 0 We are the root Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
• Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a rapid spanning tree edge port. bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
50 Software-Defined Networking (SDN) The Dell Networking OS supports software-defined networking (SDN). For more information, see the SDN Deployment Guide.
51 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant. Topics: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Obscure Password Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
To disable AAA Accounting, use the no aaa accounting {system | exec | command level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stoponly} {tacacs+} command. Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} methodlist exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscure-passwords command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [... method4] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {methodlist-name | default} command. Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
• password — creates a password. • radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. • tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured.
• ip access-list extended — names (or selects) an extended access list based on the IP addresses or protocols. enable password Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number.
password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults Not configured. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
the password is created, you do not use the CNTL + v key combination and enter “abcd]e”. NOTE: The question mark (?) and the tilde (~) are not supported characters. Related Commands • show running-config — views the current configuration. • privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. login authentication To configure authentication for console or remote access, apply an authentication method list.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines.
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes] [characterrestriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command. Parameters min-length number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords min-length then the number of characters. The range is from 0 to 32 characters. max-retry number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-retry then the number of maximum password retries. The range is from 0 to 16.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 15.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
unassigned Dell# Related Commands • 15 idle 10.16.127.141 username — enables a user. timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username Establish an authentication system based on user names.
role role-name Enter the keyword role followed by the role name to associate with that user ID. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type. Defaults The default encryption type for password option is 0. The default encryption type for secret option is 5. The default value of privilege level is 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server group Creates or deletes a group of radius servers. Syntax Parameters radius-server group group-name group-name Enter the group name that denotes the group of RADIUS servers. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. Syntax Parameters radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [authport port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
processing the 802.1x requests that are received at the default VRF. The order in which the RADIUS servers are tried depends on the order in which the RADIUS servers are configured. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# radius-server group group1 Dell(conf-radius-group)# radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-radius-group)# no radius-server host 1.1.1.1 Dell(conf-radius-group)# • login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes RADIUS SERVER GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryption-type key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. Enter a string that is the key to be exchanged between the switch and RADIUS servers. It can be up to 42 characters long. Defaults Not configured.
Related Commands • radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command.
Related Commands • radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and the Dell Networking OS times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
TACACS+ Commands Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers to be used for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting.. Syntax aaa tacacsgroup group-name To delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group groupname command . Parameters group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured.
Dell(conf)# aaa tacacsgroup group1 Dell(conf)# Related Commands • aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. • tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers. Syntax Parameters tacacs-server group group-nameTo delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command. group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured.
tacacs-server host 2.2.2.2 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# Related Commands • aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. • tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. Syntax Parameters tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryption-type key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string, up to 42 characters long, as the clear text password. Leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured.
tacacs-server vrf Create an association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface. Syntax tacacs-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no tacacs-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a TACACS server group with that VRF.
Usage Information You can use this command to associate a group of TACACS servers with a VRF and source interface. You can configure the source interface only with the VRF attribute and source interface is optional with the VRF attributes. If VRF is not configured on the TACACS group, then the group is considered to be on the default VRF. RADIUS groups and VRFs have one-to-one mapping. If a VRF is configured with one RADIUS group, then you cannot use the same VRF with another RADIUS group.
• If 802.1X is disabled on the port, it is returned to the configured access VLAN. • When the port is in the Force Authorized, Force Unauthorized, or Shutdown state, it is placed in the configured access VLAN. • If an 802.1X port is authenticated and put in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN, any change to the port access VLAN configuration does not take effect. • The 802.
dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port[/subport]) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Syntax [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands • interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535 (1 year). The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example none • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Dell# Dell# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 1/48 802.
NOTE: You must have a license to access the FIPS mode. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 then the key size to generate a SSHv1 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048. The default is 1024. NOTE: This option is not available in FIPS mode. Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# crypto key generate rsa Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024> : Host key already exists. Overwrite (y/n)?y Generating 1024-bit SSHv2 RSA key. ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)# crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024> : Host key already exists. Overwrite (y/n)?y Generating 1024-bit SSHv1 RSA key. ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Dell(conf)# • ip ssh server — enables the SSH server.
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters directory Enter a directory name. Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, clients can log in without a password prompt.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the userspecified file.
volume rekeylimit Enter the keywords volume then the amount of volume in megabytes. The range is from 1 to 4096 to megabytes. The default is 1024 megabytes Defaults The default time is 60 minutes. The default volume is 1024 megabytes. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
• 3des-cbc • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr The default cipher list is used. mac hmacalgorithm • 3des-cbc • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication.
The following key exchange algorithms are available: • diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 • diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 • diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 When FIPS is enabled, the default key-exchange-algorithm is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the cipher , kex and mac options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the cipher, kex and mac options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Parameters vrf management Enter the keyword vrf followed by the keyword management to configure an SSH server on a management VRF. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF name to configure an SSH server on that VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
ip ssh vrf Specify a VRF for an outgoing SSH connections. Syntax ip ssh vrf vrf-name To delete a VRF for an outgoing SSH connection, use the no ip ssh vrf vrf-name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure that VRF for an outgoing SSH session. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key.
Example Dell# show crypto key mypubkey rsa1 1024 65537 15047757832969676203444203678896349387088507047999199481529 2070626705966514872389873388513888726045587485998010070732182414929030 6920275440337838336848081650517187573884981716247894646770656068362720 7710939806628138071534826521901866483832445168871204153163024573977444 9604335364302251481307373438756957374121 Dell# show crypto key mypubkey rsa ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAAAgQC9IYgcUcc8wQm+5KUQgW/ zAs8V5STalGq4/+S+6H9axpQnA+A0xweeo5iR5hvPP6Vc+H
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr, aes256-cbc, aes192-ctr, aes192-cbc, aes128-ctr, aes128-cbc, 3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha1, hmacsha1-96, hmac-md5, hmac-md5-96.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/knownhosts file.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf aand then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF used with the SSH session. NOTE: The VRF configured using this command has a higher precedence than the VRF configured using the ip ssh vrf vrf-name command. If you do not configure a VRF using this command, then the SSH client uses the configured VRF (if any).
-m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only): "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5-96: Force ssh to use hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1-96 : Force ssh to use hmac-sha1-96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha2-256 : Force ssh to use hmac-sha2-256 HMAC algorithm.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. Related Commands • ip dhcp snooping vlan — enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Related Commands • ip dhcp snooping trust — configure an interface as trusted. show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table.
Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID. User roles are created for job functions and through those roles they acquire the permissions to perform their associated job function. This section describes the syntax and usage of RBAC-specific commands.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information By default, access to commands are determined by the user’s role (if defined) or by the user’s privilege level. If the aaa authorization role-only command is enabled, then only the user’s role is used.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
exec for EXEC mode interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters.
show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax Parameters show role mode {mode} {command} command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes.
Related Commands • userrole — create user roles. show userroles Display information on all defined user roles.
Related Commands • userrole — create user roles. userrole Create user roles for the role-based security model. Syntax userrole name inherit existing-role-name To delete a role name, use the no userrole name command. Note that the reserved role names may not be deleted. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
Important Points to Remember Consider the following when creating a user role: • Only the system administrator and user-defined roles inherited from the system administrator can create roles and usernames. Only the system administrator, security administrator, and roles inherited from these can use the role command to modify command permissions. The security administrator and roles inherited by security administrator can only modify permissions for commands they already have access to.
52 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell Networking OS.
debug protocol-tunnel Enable debugging to ensure incoming packets are received and rewritten to a new MAC address. Syntax debug protocol-tunnel interface {in | out | both} [vlan vlan-id] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug protocol-tunnel interface {in | out | both} [vlan vlan-id] [count value] command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, and E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced protocol-tunnel Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets.
Example Related Command Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series. 7.4.1.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable VLAN-Stacking, no protocol packets are tunneled. Related Command • show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is from 75 to 3000. The default is 75. Defaults 75 frames per second.
Example Related Commands Dell(conf-if-vl-2)# vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-2-stack)#protocol-tunnle rate-limit 100 <<<<<<<< VLAN stack mode Dell(conf-if-vl-2-stack)#show config ! interface Vlan 2 no ip address mtu 1000 vlan-stack compatible protocol-tunnel rate-limit 100 shutdown • show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. • show running-config — displays the current configuration.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, and E-Series. 7.4.1.
53 sFlow The Dell Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
• sflow ingress-enable • sflow extended-switch enable • sflow max-header-size extended • sflow polling-interval (Global) • sflow polling-interval (Interface) • sflow sample-rate (Global) • sflow sample-rate (Interface) • show sflow sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
As part of the sFlow-MIB, if the SNMP request originates from a configured collector, Dell Networking OS returns the corresponding configured agent IP in the MIB requests. Dell Networking OS checks to ensure that two entries are not configured for the same collector IP with a different agent IP. Should that happen, Dell Networking OS generates the following error: %Error: Different agent-addr attempted for an existing collector. Example Dell(conf)# sflow collector 10.1.1.25 agent-addr 10.1.1.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired. Related Commands • sflow enable (Interface) — enable sFlow on interfaces. sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled.
sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
addresses are learned by different routing protocols and for cases where the destination is reachable over ECMP. Related Commands • show sflow — displays the sFlow configuration. sflow max-header-size extended Set the maximum header size of a packet to 256 bytes. Syntax sflow max-header-size extended To reset the maximum header size of a packet, use the[no] sflow max-headersize extended command.
sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval. Related Commands • sflow polling-interval (Interface) — sets the polling interval for an interface. sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface. Related Commands • sflow polling-interval (Global) — globally sets the polling interval. sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters value Enter the sampling rate value.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate. You can configure an interface to use a different sampling rate than the global sampling rate.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
rate based on line speed if global sampling rate is default Dell# sFlow 1849
54 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
32649 Response PDUs 29078 Trap PDUs Dell# Related Commands • snmp-server community — enables the SNMP and set community string. show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show snmp engineID • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands • snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router. show snmp group Display the group name, security model, status, and storage type of each group. Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp group • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
Related Commands • snmp-server group — configures an SNMP server group. show snmp user Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp user • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters. Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.
is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: Dell#config snmp-server community Configure a new community string access for SNMPv1 v2 and v3.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following example configures a community named public that is mapped to the security named guestuser with Read Only (ro) permissions.
Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands • ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. • ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. • show running-config — displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults. snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node.
Version Description E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] command. Parameters notification-type notificationoption Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Notification of changes in the BGP process. • config — Notification of changes to the startup or running configuration.
• linkdown • linkup • syslog-reachable • syslog-unreachable Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.
Related Commands • snmp-server community — enables SNMP and sets the community string. snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf vrfname udp-port port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port port-number engineID] command.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
[notify name] [access access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters group_name 1 | 2c | 3 Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/ write community/security-names (defaults): • v1v2creadg — maps to a community/security-name with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteg — maps to a community/security-name rw permissions.
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation. Syntax snmp-server host ip-address | ipv6-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | no auth | priv] [communitystring] [udp-port port-number] [notification-type] To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command.
noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. community-string Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the SNMP community. NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.
NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmpserver host command. Configuring Informs To send an inform, use the following steps: Related Commands 1 Configure a remote engine ID. 2 Configure a remote user. 3 Configure a group for this user with access rights.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command.
Version Description E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To enable this snmp-server trap-source command, configure an IP address on the interface and enable the interface configured as an SNMP trap source.
remote ip-address Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF this is used to connect to the SNMP server. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify a VRF name that is used to connect to the remote host. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used.
• des56 — Use 56 bit DES algorithm in CBC mode for encryption. priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: eight characters long. access accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long).
password. In either case, the password is stored in the configuration in an encrypted form and displayed as encrypted in the show running-config command. If you have an encrypted password, you can specify the encrypted string instead of the plain-text password. The following command is an Example of how to specify the command with an encrypted string. NOTE: The number of configurable users is limited to 16.
aes128–cfb} priv-password] [access access-list-name | ipv6 accesslist-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name] command. Parameters auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host and to send packets to the host. Minimum: eight characters long. aes128 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword aes128 to initiate the AES128CFB encryption algorithm for transmission of SNMP packets.
Example Related Commands Dell# snmp-server user privuser v3group v3 encrypted auth md5 9fc53d9d908118b2804fe80e3ba8763d priv aes128 d0452401a8c3ce42804fe80e3ba8763d • show snmp user — Displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view. Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1. Example Related Commands Dell# conf Dell#(conf) snmp-server view rview 1.3.6.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Related Commands • show snmp user — display the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command. Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show logging — display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging console — set the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging monitor — set the logging monitor parameters. • terminal monitor — send system messages to the terminal/monitor. default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent. Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Syntax logging {ip-address | ipv6-address | hostname} {{udp {port}} | {tcp {port}} [vrf vrf-name] To disable logging, use the no logging command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::X format.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes. Defaults level = 7; size = 40960 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console. Syntax logging console [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging.
Related Commands • clear logging — clears the logging buffer. • default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. • show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging extended Logs security and audit events to a system log server. Syntax logging extended Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • show logging auditlog — display the audit log. • clear logging auditlog— clear the audit log. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and Dell Networking OS output. Syntax logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console. If the message queue limit is reached on a terminal line and messages are discarded, a system message appears on that terminal line. Messages may continue to appear on other terminal lines. Related Commands • logging on — enables logging.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
The following describes the two supported log messages formats: Example • 0 – Displays syslog messages format as described in RFC 3164, The BSD syslog Protocol • 1 – Displays SYSLOG message format as described in RFC 5424, The Syslog Protocol Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
%RPM:0:0 %CHMGR-2-LINECARDDOWN - Line card 3 down - IPC timeout Dell# show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
55 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 4. SNMP Trap List Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE %IFM-5-CSTATE_UP: Changed interface Physical state to up: %s RMON_RISING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOL D %RP
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RAM-6-RPM_STATE: RPM1 is in Active State %RAM-6-RPM_STATE: RPM0 is in Standby State CHM_RPM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - hard reset %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - card removed CHM_RPM_PRIMARY %RAM-5-COLD_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-HOT_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Com
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP %CHMGR-5-MINOR_SFM_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN %CHMGR-2-PEM_PRBLM: Major alarm: problem with power entry module %s CHM_PWRSRC_CLR %CHMGR-5-PEM_OK: Major alarm cleared: power entry module %s is good CHM_MAJ_ALARM_PS %CHMGR-0-MAJOR_PS: Major alarm: insufficient power %s CHM_MAJ_ALARM_PS_CLR %CHMGR
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP_CLR ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP_CLR: Major alarm cleared: chassis temperature lower (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_FANTRAY_BAD For E1200: %CHMGR-2FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d inst:%d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MINOR: Minor Alarm Interface %s temperature exceeds threshold PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR %CHMGR-1PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR: Major Alarm cleared for Interface %s port temperature is lower than threshold VRRP_BADAUTH %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3VRRP_BAD_AUTH: vrid-1 on Gi 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication type mismatch.
56 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units. For information about using the S-Series stacking feature, see the Stacking S-Series Switches section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. CAUTION: You cannot enable stacking simultaneously with virtual link trunking (VLT).
members Enter the keyword members for all stack-units. Defaults Disabled (the failed switch is automatically rebooted). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. Usage Information Executing this command on the master unit reboots the master unit and the standby unit becomes the new master. A new standby unit is elected depending on the priority and MAC address.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. reset stack-unit Reset any designated stack member except the management unit (master unit). Syntax Parameters reset stack-unit stack—unit—number hard stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number. The range is from 1 to 6.
Usage Information Resetting the management unit is not allowed, and an error message displays if you try to do so. Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables. Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, you can run this command directly on the stack standby unit (standby master) to reset the standby. You cannot reset any other unit from the standby unit.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S4048T-ON and S4048–ON. • To form a mixed-mode stack, use only the 40G ports between the range 49 to 54. • You cannot form a mixed-mode stack using the 10G ports.
! Apr 10 19:16:38: %STKUNIT2-M:CP %FILEMGR-5-FILESAVED: Copied running-config to startup-config in flash by default Apr 10 19:16:39: %STKUNIT2-M:CP %CHMGR-5-RELOAD: User request to reload the chassis syncing disks... 4 1 done unmounting file systems... unmounting /f10/flash (/dev/wd0e)... unmounting /f10/ConfD/db (mfs:479)... unmounting /usr/pkg (/dev/wd0i)... unmounting /boot (/dev/wd0b)... unmounting /usr (mfs:29)... unmounting /force10 (mfs:24)... unmounting /lib (mfs:21)... unmounting /f10 (mfs:18)...
show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration (status of automatic reboot configuration on stack management unit). Syntax Command Modes Command History show redundancy • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.
-----------------------------------------------Stack-unit State: Standby Peer Stack-unit ID: 2 Stack-unit SW Version: 1-0(0-4812) -- Stack-unit Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Primary Stack-unit: mgmt-id 1 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot Stack-unit: Enabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- Stack-unit Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover R
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
1/25 1/26 1/27 1/28 3/25 3/26 3/27 3/28 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 up up up up up up up up up down down down up down down down Dell#show system stack-ports status Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status -------------------------------------------1/53 42 up up 1/54 42 up up 2/53 42 up up 2/54 42 up up 3/53 42 up up 3/54 42 up up 4/53 42 up up 4/54 42 up up 5/53 42 up up 5/54 42 up up 6/53 42 up up 6/54 42 up up Example (Topology) Related Commands Dell#show system stack-ports to
stack-unit priority Configure the ability of a switch to become the management unit of a stack. Syntax Parameters stack-unit stack-number priority priority-value stack-number Enter the stack member unit identifier. priority-value This preference parameter allows you to specify the management priority of one backup switch over another, with 1 as the lowest priority and 14 being the highest.
Parameters stack-number Enter a stack member identifier of the switch that you want to add to the stack. model-identifier Enter the model identifier of the switch to be added as a stack member. This identifier is also referred to as the provision type. Defaults When this value is not set, a switch joining the stack is given the next available sequential stack member identifier. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
A Enter the keyword A to upgrade all stacked units in System A ( only). B Enter the keyword B to upgrade all stacked units in System B ( only). Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
57 Storm Control The Dell Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
• storm-control broadcast (Interface) • storm-control multicast (Configuration) • storm-control multicast (Interface) • storm-control PFC/LLFC • storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) • storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show storm-control multicast Display the storm control multicast configuration.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
wred-profile name Enter the keyword wred-profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred-profile. packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9500, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, and S6000–ON. Usage Information NOTE: PFC/LLFC storm control enabled interfaces disable the interfaces if it receives continuous PFC/LLFC packets. It can be a result of a faulty NIC/Switch that sends spurious PFC/LLFC packets.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces. storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. Topics: • bridge-priority • bpdu-destination-mac-address • debug spanning-tree • description • disable • forward-delay • hello-time • max-age • protocol spanning-tree • show config • show spanning-tree 0 • spanning-tree bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. • hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. • max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. • hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode.
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-stp)# show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group.
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to only the number of ports in the spanning tree group and their state. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Example Field Description “Number of...” Displays the number of topology changes, the time of the last topology change, and on what interface the topology change occurred. “Timers” Lists the values for the following bridge timers: hold time, topology change, hello time, max age, and forward delay. “Times” List the number of seconds since the last: • hello time • topology change • notification • aging “Port 1...
The port is not in the portfast mode Port 28 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/3) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
spanning-tree Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface. Syntax spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | {loopguard | rootguard} | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface, use the no spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | {loopguard | rootguard} | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
configured, the following error message is displayed: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard. Do not enable Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. Enabling both features may result in a port that remains in a blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it.
59 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
reject Enter the keyword reject to reject the EULA for the specified service. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
allow Dell to transmit and store the Collected Data from SupportAssist in accordance with these terms. You agree that the provision of SupportAssist may involve international transfers of data from you to Dell and/or to Dells affiliates, subcontractors or business partners. When making such transfers, Dell shall ensure appropriate protection is in place to safeguard the Collected Data being transferred in connection with SupportAssist.
support-assist activate Enable the SupportAssist service. Syntax support-assist activate Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. SupportAssist Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist mode commands. activity Move to the SupportAssist Activity mode for an activity. Allow the user to configure customized details for a specific activity.
contact-company Configure the contact information for the company. Syntax contact-company name {company-name}[company-next-name] ... [company-next-name] To remove the contact company information, use the no contact-company command. Parameters company-name Enter the name for the company. If there are multiple words in the name, use optional additional fields. company-nextname (OPTIONAL) Enter the next components of the company name, up to 5 components are allowed.
Parameters first-name (Optional) Enter the first name for the contact person. This is optional provided each contact person name is unique. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. last-name Enter the last name for the contact person. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. server Configure the name of the remote SupportAssist Server and move to SupportAssist Server mode. Syntax server {default | server-name} To delete a server, use the no server server-name command.
SupportAssist Activity Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Activity mode commands. action-manifest get Copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. Syntax Parameters action-manifest get tftp | ftp | flash file-specification local-file-name Enter the full file specification for the action-manifest file.
action-manifest install Configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity. Syntax action-manifest install {default | } To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to revert back to the default set of actions for an activity. local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file. Allowable characters are: a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, -, _, and space.
Parameters local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file. Allowable characters are: a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, -, _, and space. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
Related Commands • action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. • action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity. • action-manifest remove — remove the action-manifest file for an activity. enable Enable a specific SupportAssist activity. Syntax enable To disable a particular SupportAssist activity, use the no enable command.
To remove a portion of the company address information, use the no address [city | province | region | state | country | postalcode | zipcode] command. To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command. Parameters city company-city (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword city then the city or town for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes.
street-address Configure the street address information for the company. Syntax street-address {address1} [address2]…[address8] To remove the street address, use the no street-address command. Parameters address1 Enter the street address for the company. address2..address 8 (OPTIONAL) Enter the street address of the company site. Up to 8 fields are allowed. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. SupportAssist Person Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Person mode commands.
Usage Information The email addresses must have the standard form of @ to be considered valid. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Related Commands • preferred-method — configure the preferred method for contacting the person. phone Configure phone numbers to reach the contact person. Syntax phone primary phone [alternate phone] To remove a phone number, use either the no phone primary or no phone alternate commands.
preferred-method Configure the preferred method for contacting the person. Syntax Parameters preferred-method {email | no-contact | phone] email Enter the keyword email to specify email as preferred method. no-contact Enter the keywords no-contact to specify that there is no preferred method. phone Enter the keyword phone to specify phone as preferred method. Defaults no-contact Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History This guide is platform-specific.
stop-time HH:MM Enter the keywords stop-time then a stopping time expressed as HH:MM. Use the 24-hour clock format. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
port port-number Enter the keyword port then the TCP/IP port number. The port number range is from 80 to 100000. username userid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword username then the user ID used for the proxy server. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the user password. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an encryption type for the password you enter. password • 0 directs the system to interpret the password as clear text.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • server — configure the name of the remote SupportAssist server. url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command.
show eula-consent Display the EULA for the feature. Syntax Parameters show eula-consent {support-assist | other feature} support-assist | other feature Enter the keywords support-assist or the text corresponding to other feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
and you give Dell the right to collect the Collected Data in accordance with Dells Privacy Policy, available at: www.dell.com/ privacypolicycountryspecific, in order to enable the performance of all of the various functions of SupportAssist during your entitlement to receive related repair services from Dell,. You further agree to allow Dell to transmit and store the Collected Data from SupportAssist in accordance with these terms.
Example Dell# show running-config support-assist ! support-assist ! activity full-transfer enable activity-manifest install testing ! contact-company name My Company street-address 123 Main Street address city MyCity country MyCountry ! contact-person first john last doe email-address primary jdoe@mycompany.com preferred-method email ! server default enable url https://192.168.1.1/index.
------------ ---------------------------full-transfer Failure Dell# Dell# show support-assist status SupportAssist Service: Installed EULA: Accepted Server: default Enabled: Yes URL: https://stor.g3.ph.dell.com Service status: Enabled Server: chennai Enabled: Yes URL: http://10.16.148.
60 System Time and Date The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summer-time command. Parameters time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. start-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • clock summer-time recurring — sets a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time each year.
start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-week Enter the one of the following as the week that daylight saving ends: • week-number: enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week to end daylight saving time. • first: enter the keyword first to end daylight saving time in the first week of the month.
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Updated the start-day and end-day options to allow for using the three-letter abbreviation of the weekday name. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • ntp trusted-key — configures a trusted key. • clock summer-time date — sets a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time on a one-time basis. • show clock — displays the current clock settings.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Coordinated universal time (UTC) is the time standard based on the International Atomic Time standard, commonly known as Greenwich Mean time.
select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection. sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
Defaults NTP authentication is not configured by default. If you do not specify the option [0 | 7], 0 is selected by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host. Syntax Parameters ntp server[vrf vrf-name] {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [key keyid] [prefer] [version number] vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure an NTP time-serving host corresponding to that VRF.
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts. From these time-serving hosts, the Dell Networking OS chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize.
• For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Example Related Commands Field Description delay Displays the time interval or delay for a packet to complete a round-trip to the NTP time source (in milliseconds). offset Displays the relative time of the NTP peer’s clock to the switch clock (in milliseconds). disp Displays the dispersion. Dell# show ntp associations remote ref clock st when poll reach delay offset disp ============================================================= 10.10.120.5 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.0 *172.16.1.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ntp status • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example Related Commands Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...” Displays the system offset to the synchronized peer and the time delay on the path to the NTP root clock.
61 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • ip unnumbered • ipv6 unnumbered • tunnel allow-remote • tunnel destination • tunnel dscp • tunnel flow-label • tunnel hop-limit • tunnel keepalive • tunnel-mode • tunnel source ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S5000 and Z9000. Usage Information The ip unnumbered command fails in two conditions: • If the logical ip address is configured.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T. 9.3(0.
mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D to match a range of remote addresses. The default mask is /32 for IPv4 addresses and /128 for IPv6 addresses, which match only the specified address. Defaults If you do not configure tunnel allow remote , all traffic which is destined to tunnel source address is decapsulated. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6–address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value of 0 denotes mapping of original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. Defaults 0 (Mapped) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. Usage Information A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value. tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information Enabling tunnel keepalive causes ICMP echo packets to be sent to the keepalive target.
Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
anylocal • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then the port-channel ID. Enter the anylocal command to allow the multipoint receiveonly tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets destined to any local ip address.
62 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and port-range entry. If a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports, the range is entered as slot/sort/subport-slot/port/subport. uplink-stategroup group-id Re-enables all UFD-disabled downstream interfaces in the group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults A downstream interface in a UFD-disabled uplink-state group is also disabled and is in a UFD-Disabled Error state.
To turn off debugging event messages, enter the no debug uplink-state-group [group-id] command. Parameters group-id Enables debugging on the specified uplink-state group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. show running-config uplink-stategroup Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups.
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Dell# show running-config uplink-state-group ! no enable uplink state track 1 downstream TenGigabitEthernet 1/2,4,6,11-19 upstream FortygigabitEthernet 1/27, 29 upstream PortChannel 1 ! uplink state track 2 downstream TenGigabitEthernet 1/1,3,5,7-10 upstream FortygigabitEthernet 1/31,42 • show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplinkstate group or all groups.
Example Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch or router. Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# uplink-state-group 16 Dell(conf)# 02:23:17: %RPM0-P:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed uplink state group Admin state to up: Group 16 Dell(conf)# • show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. • show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplinkstate group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Usage Information You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group.
63 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
• vlan-stack access • vlan-stack compatible • vlan-stack dot1p-mapping • vlan-stack protocol-type • vlan-stack trunk dei enable Enable packets to be dropped based on their DEI value. Syntax dei enable Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
• Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. • Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as besteffort. • Red: Lowest priority packets that are always dropped (regardless of congestion status). Defaults Disabled; Packets with an unmapped DEI value are colored green. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. • Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as besteffort. Defaults All the packets on egress are marked with DEI 0. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. The range is from 0 to 16. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature, remove the members.
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to an S-Tag dot1p value. Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. sp-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword sp-tag-dot1p then the service provider dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, the Dell Networking OS assigns the value 0x9100. Syntax Parameters vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100.
Related Commands Number Resulting TPID 1 0x0001 10 0x0010 81 0x0081 8100 0x8100 • portmode hybrid — sets a port (physical ports only) to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. • vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the stackable VLAN network.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 7.8.1.0 Functionality augmented for C-Series and S-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to using this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, use the switchport command.
tagged TenGigabitEthernet 1/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description * 1 Inactive 20 Active 100 Active Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example 2 Q Ports T Te 1/42 M Te 1/42 Dell(config)# vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)# interface TenGigabitethernet 3/10 Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)# no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)# switchport Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)#
64 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • ip vrf • ip http vrf • description • ip vrf forwarding • ip route-export • ip route-import • ipv6 route-export • ipv6 route-import • match source-protocol • redistribute • interface management • maximum dynamic-routes • show ip vrf • show run vrf ip vrf Create or delete a customer VRF.
Defaults Available by default for management VRF. For creating other customer VRFs, enable the feature vrf option in Configuration mode. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information To make the HTTP clients VRF-aware, use the ip http vrf command. The HTTP client uses the VRF name that you specify to reach the HTTP server. If you do not specify a VRF name, the HTTP client uses the default VRF.
ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a VRF. Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} command. Parameters vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to. management Enter the keyword management to associate an interface to the management VRF. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE-CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell# configure terminal Dell(conf)# ip vrf red Dell(conf-vrf)# description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)# show config ! ip vrf red 4 description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/45)# int te 7/46 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# no shut Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip vrf forwarding red Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip add 100.1.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
To import leaked routes from another VRF, use the same ASN number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF. route-map-name Enter the name of the route-map to filter the imported routes. NOTE: Use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM. Route-maps allow you to filter routes at the import end based on the matching criteria that you define in the route-map. Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION • VRF mode This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Command Modes Command History tag Enter a tag (ASN number) as the export route target to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. Use this identifier while importing these routes into another nondefault VRF. route-map-name (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to be made available to VRFs.
Related Commands • ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Imports IPv6 routes that another VRF leaks using the tag that VRF specifies during export of these routes. Syntax Parameters ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] route-import Enter the keywords route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
The export-target and import-target support only the match the protocol and prefixlist options. Other options that you configure in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands • ipv6 route-export — exports IPv6 routes to another VRF. match source-protocol Specify matching source-protocol criteria while exporting or importing routes. Syntax Parameters match source-protocol {bgp | isis | ospf | connected | static} bgp Enter the keyword bgp to leak or share routes corresponding to the BGP protocol.
The export-target and import-target options support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that you configure in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands • ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. redistribute Redistributes leaked or exported routes corresponding to specific protocols.
interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
warningthreshold The warning threshold value is a percentage of the limit value. When the number of routes reaches the specified percentage of the limit, a warning message appears. The valid range is from 1 to 100. After the limit is reached, additional dynamic routes are not allowed. warning-only When you use the warning-only option, when the maximum number of dynamic routes reaches the limit, a warning message appears. After the limit is reached, additional dynamic routes are still allowed.
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
65 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information The configuration is cached and sent to LLDP only in one of the following conditions: Example 1 The port-channel connecting the two VLT domains, across the DC, is a VLT LAG. 2 The protocol lldp command is globally enabled. 3 The proxy-gateway LLDP configuration is applied.
Example Dell(conf)# vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)# proxy-gateway static Dell(conf-vlt-domain)# remote-mac-address exclude-vlan Configure the proxy-gateway static entry and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters [no] remote-mac-address mac—address [exclude-vlan vlan-range] remote-macaddress Specify the mac-addresses of the VLT peers which are in the remote VLT domain. mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
Usage Information You can configure the MAC address of a VLT peer in a remote VLT domain to associate with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN, or a range of VLANs, from proxy routing.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information You must configure the VLT port channel interface which is connecting to the remote VLT domain as peer-domain-link. You can also configure the VLANs you want to exclude from the VLT proxy gateway.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When a VLT peer goes down, the local VLT node stops sending its peer’s MAC address. If you configure this timeout, the local VLT node sends its peer's MAC address until the timer expires. Use this timer when you enable vlt-peer-mac transmit.
This configuration is applicable only for an LLDP proxy gateway. A typical use example is a square VLT topology with single link connecting to the remote peers. Example Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)# vlt-peer-mac transmit show vlt-proxy-gateway Displays the VLT proxy gateway configuration. S4048–ON Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show vlt-proxy-gateway [info] {lldp | static} lldp Enter the keyword lldp to display details about the LLDP VLT proxy gateway configuration.
• LLDP neighbor is down. If any of these conditions is true, the proxy-gateway feature could be operationally down. If so, it is shown in the show command output. When more than one VLT port-channel terminates on the same ToR, the show VLT proxy-gateway info lldp command output may show the port-channel ID incorrectly.
66 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
• show vlt counters • show vlt detail • show vlt inconsistency • show vlt mismatch • show vlt role • show vlt statistics • show vlt statistics igmp-snoop • system-mac • unit-id • vlt domain • vlt-peer-lag port-channel • show vlt private-vlan back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer used as the VLT backup link endpoint for sending out-of-band (OOB) hello messages.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Added support for IPv6. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear vlt statistics Clear the VLT operation statistics. Syntax Parameters clear vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Clear the VLT statistics for the domain.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(0.2) Added multicast and ndp parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. VLT ARP Statistics ---------------ARP Tunnel Pkts sent:0 ARP Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP-sync Pkts Sent:0 ARP-sync Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP Reg Request sent:19 ARP Reg Request rcvd:10 • show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, S6000, S5000, Z9000, S6000–ON and Z9500. Usage Information To abort the VLT delay restore timer value as the maximum threshold, during reload, apply the maximum time interval to the hold-down ICL peer-up in the start-up configurations.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information LACP on the VLT ports (on a VLT switch or access device), which are members of the VLT, are not brought up until the VLT domain is recognized on the access device. During boot-up in a stacking configuration, the system must be able to reach the DHCP server with the boot image and configuration image.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan option. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan option.
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing disables when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPv6 and IPv4. Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is infinity.
primary-priority Assign the priority for master election among VLT peers. Syntax Parameters [no] primary-priority value To configure the primary role on a VLT peer, enter a lower value than the priority value of the remote peer. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 32768. Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Multicast peer-routing timeout: 150 seconds Dell# show vlt backup-link Displays information about the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
show vlt counters Displays counter information. Syntax Parameters show vlt counters [arp| igmp-snoop | interface | mac | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP counter information for the VLT. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmp-snooping counter information for the VLT. interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT.
------------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count : IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : ARP entries count : Example (igmpsnoop) Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop Total IGMP VLT counters ---------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Example (igmpsnoop interface port-channel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt coun
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route LocalIIF -----------------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) VLAN 5 (*, 225.1.1.2) VLAN 15 Dell# PeerIIF --------VLAN 6 te 1/5 show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Vlan-ID ------- Local Mode ---------- 00 -- Peer Mode --------L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status Peer Status ----------------------------4094 Active Inactive Dell# Example for Q-inQ implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt Domain -----Parameters ---------PB for stp mismatch Local ----Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M - Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 N
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.
show vlt statistics Displays VLT operations statistics. Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP VLT statistics. domain Enter the keyword domain to display the domain VLT statistics. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the IGMP snooping VLT statistics. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the VLT MAC addresses VLT statistics.
Related Commands Example • clear vlt statistics — clears the statistics on VLT operations. NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.
system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain. Syntax Parameters system-mac mac-address mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.
Parameters 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer. Enter 1 for the second peer. Defaults Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters domain-id Enter the domain ID number. Configure the same domain ID on the peer switch. The range of domain IDs is from 1 to 1000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
Usage Information If you add an ICL or VLTi link as a member of a primary VLAN, the ICL becomes a part of the primary VLAN and its associated secondary VLANs, similar to the behavior for normal trunk ports. VLAN symmetry is not validated if you associate an ICL to a PVLAN. Similarly, if you dissociate an ICL from a PVLAN, although the PVLAN symmetry exists, ICL is removed from that PVLAN. The ICL Status field displays the type of VLAN port of the VLTi link configured in a PVLAN.
67 Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) is supported on Dell Networking OS.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You must configure feature VXLAN to configure VXLAN-instance. Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. debug vxlan Debug messages between the Gateway and Controller.
Parameters secure Enter the keyword secure to delete all its database and hardware flows/resources, when the VTEP loses connectivity with the controller. Defaults non secure Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You must configure VXLAN globally before using VXLAN-instance. Related Commands feature vxlan — Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform.
max_backoff Configures time to wait between connection attempts with controller. Syntax Parameters max_backoff time time Enter the time in milliseconds. The range is from 1000-180000. The default value is 30000. Defaults 30000 Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance Displays information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway.
Port List Fo 1/49 Related Commands : Te 1/16 Te 1/20 Po 2 vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show running-config vxlan Displays the VXLAN configuration information from running configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History show running-config vxlan • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
show vxlan vxlan-instance unicastmac-remote Displays the information of the remote unicast MACs associated with the logical network related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID unicast-mac-remote [logicalnetwork name | vnid VNID] instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release.
show vxlan vxlan-instance unicastmac-local Displays the information of the local unicast MAC associated with the logical network related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID unicast-mac-local [logical— network name | vnid VNID] instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release.
Related Commands vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance statistics interface Displays the port VLAN statistics information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID statisitics interface interface instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release.
Rx Packets : 13 Rx Bytes : 1317 Tx Packets : 13 Tx Bytes : 1321 Related Commands vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance physicallocator Displays physical locators related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID physical—locator vtep-ip A.B.C.D instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. A.B.C.
Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance logical network Displays logical network information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID logical-network [name name] instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release.
Port Vlan Bindings: Te 1/16: VLAN: 0 (0x80000001), Fo 1/49: VLAN: 0 (0x80000004), Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. clear vxlan vxlan-instance statistics Syntax Parameters clear vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID statistics instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000.
68 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • IPv4 VRRP Commands • IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for centisecs on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to clear the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
debug vrrp Enable VRRP debugging. Syntax debug vrrp [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} command. Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtualaddress command and enter no disable. Related Commands • virtual-address — specify the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect. Related Commands • disable — disables a VRRP group. preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, configure a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command.
priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 100.
If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all the VRRP group configuration information, including default information. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show vrrp [vrrp-id][brief][interface type][ipv6][interface type][vrf vrf-name] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information about the VRRP groups.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp brief command.
Te 1/37 3 100 Y Te 1/37 4 100 Y 200.200.200.207 Te 1/37 254 254 200.200.200.205 Dell> Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.2 Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.206 ... short desc Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.204 Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp command. Item Description TenGigabitEthern et 1/3... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master...
Example Dell> show vrrp -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, VRID: 1, Net: 10.1.1.253 VRF: 0 default State: Master, Priority: 105, Master: 10.1.1.253 (local) Hold Down: 0 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/4, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.
Interface Group Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description -------------------------------------------------------------------Fo 1/50 IPv4 20 100 Y Master 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.2 Dell# track Monitor an interface and lower the priority value of the VRRP group on that interface if it is disabled. Syntax track interface [priority-cost cost] To disable monitoring, use the no track interface command.
Usage Information If you disable the interface, the cost value is subtracted from the priority value and forces a new MASTER election if the priority value is lower than the priority value in the BACKUP virtual routers. virtual-address Configure up to 12 virtual router IP addresses in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual IP address for the VRRP group. Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [...
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when you configure a virtual IP address. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command.
Usage Information This command applies to a single interface. When you use this command with the vrrp delay reload command, the later timer rules VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and vrrp delay minimum is 300: Related Command • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP. • When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. For the delay timers to take effect, save the configuration and reload the system.
Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when you configure a virtual IP address. When you delete the virtual IP address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. Related Command • virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group. version Set the VRRP protocol version for the IPv4 group. Syntax version {2 | 3 | both} To return to the default setting, use the no version command.
1 Set the switches with the lowest priority to both. 2 Set the switch with the highest priority to version 3. 3 Set all the switches from both to version 3. NOTE: Do not run VRRP version 2 and version 3 in the same group for an extended period of time. Example Dell(conf-if-te-1/1-vrid-100)# version ? 2 VRRPv2 3 VRRPv3 both Interoperable, send VRRPv3 receive both Dell(conf-if-te-1/1-vrid-100)# version 3 IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands.
vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. The maximum is 32 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.9(0.
debug vrrp ipv6 Enable VRRP debugging. Syntax Parameters debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port[/subport] information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel, and then a number.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in nondefault VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you do not specify an option, debugging is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the active IPv6 VRRP groups.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Line starting with Description • Example Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states... Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group (track command), including: • UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object (Up or Dn).
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
